You are on page 1of 429

OWNER'S MANUAL

Operation
Maintenance
Specifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.


However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that
our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and
explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you
may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi-
cle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-
formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-
lished by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION


Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible
for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic
systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-
tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose
to install one of these devices.

F2
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.


These titles indicate the following:

WARNING
This indicates that a situation may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other
persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTION
This indicates that a situation may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the
caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

NOTICE
This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

F3
FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive
Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're very
proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-
fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-
er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-
ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet
Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page
8-4 in the Vehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2011 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval
system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America.

F4
Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts In addition, any damage to or failure of
1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts? Hyundai Genuine Parts caused by the
Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same installation or failure of an imitation,
parts used by Hyundai Motor counterfeit or used salvage part is not
Company to manufacture vehicles. covered by any Hyundai Warranty.
They are designed and tested for the
optimum safety, performance, and reli- 3. How can you tell if you are purchas-
ability to our customers. ing Hyundai Genuine Parts?
Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts
2. Why should you use genuine parts? Logo on the package (see below).
Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi- Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to
neered and built to meet rigid manu- are packaged with labels written only
facturing requirements. Using imita- in English.
tion, counterfeit or used salvage parts Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold A100A03L
is not covered under the Hyundai New through authorized Hyundai
Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other Dealerships.
Hyundai warranty.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

F5
Introduction 1
Your vehicle at a glance 2
Safety features of your vehicle 3
Features of your vehicle 4

table of contents Driving your vehicle 5


What to do in an emergency 6
Maintenance 7
Specifications, Consumer information, 8
Reporting safety defects
Index I
Introduction 1
How to use this manual / 1-2
Fuel requirements / 1-3
Vehicle break-in process / 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data
recorders / 1-6
Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-7
Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


A010000AHM The general layout of the manual is pro- You will find various WARNINGS, CAU-
We want to help you get the greatest vided in the Table of Contents. A good TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual.
possible driving pleasure from your vehi- place to start is the index; it has an alpha- These WARNINGS were prepared to
cle. Your Owners Manual can assist you betical listing of all information in your enhance your personal safety.You should
in many ways. We strongly recommend manual. carefully read and follow ALL procedures
that you read the entire manual. In order Sections: This manual has eight sections and recommendations provided in these
to minimize the chance of death or injury, plus an index. Each section begins with a WARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.
you must read the WARNING and CAU- brief list of contents so you can tell at a
TION sections in the manual. glance if that section has the information WARNING
Illustrations complement the words in this you want.
A WARNING indicates a situation in
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
which harm, serious bodily injury or
vehicle. By reading your manual, you will
death could result if the warning is
learn about features, important safety
ignored.
information, and driving tips under vari-
ous road conditions.

CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.

NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or help-
ful information is being provided.

1 2
Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS
A020101ABH-EU A020103AUN-EU
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain CAUTION Gasoline containing alcohol and
maximum performance with UNLEADED Never add any fuel system cleaning methanol
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis- agents to the fuel tank other than Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
sions and spark plug fouling. what has been specified. (Consult ethanol (also known as grain alcohol),
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for and gasoline or gasohol containing
3.8 engine details.) methanol (also known as wood alcohol)
are being marketed along with or instead
Your new vehicle is designed to use only
of leaded or unleaded gasoline.
unleaded fuel having an octane number
((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Do not use gasohol containing more than
WARNING 10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or
Number 91) or higher. Do not "top off" after the nozzle gasohol containing any methanol. Either
automatically shuts off when of these fuels may cause drivability prob-
4.6/5.0 engine refueling. lems, check malfunction indicator light or
Your new vehicle is designed to use only Tighten the cap until it clicks one damage and damage to the fuel system.
unleaded fuel having an octane number time, otherwise the Malfunction Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
((R+M)/2) of 87 or higher. Indicator Light will illumi- drivability problems occur.
nate.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems
For improved vehicle performance, pre- Always check that the fuel cap is may not be covered by the manufactur-
mium unleaded fuel with a Pump Octane installed securely to prevent fuel ers warranty if they result from the use
Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number spillage in the event of an acci- of:
95) or higher is recommended. dent.
1. Gasohol containing more than 10%
ethanol.
2. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

1 3
Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- A020105AUN For customers who do not use TOP Tier
prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per- Do not use methanol Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have
cent gasoline, and is manufactured Fuels containing methanol (wood alco- problems starting or the engine does not
exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel hol) should not be used in your vehicle. run smoothly, additives that you can buy
Vehicles. E85 is not compatible with This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per- separately may be added to the gasoline.
your vehicle. Use of E85 may result in formance and damage components of If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
poor engine performance and damage to the fuel system. available, one bottle of HYUNDAI Fuel
your vehicle's engine and fuel system. System Cleaner Plus added to the fuel
HYUNDAI recommends that customers tank at every 7,500 miles or 12 months is
do not use fuel with an ethanol content CAUTION recommended. They are available from
exceeding 10 percent. Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along
may not cover damage to the fuel with information on how to use them. Do
system and any performance prob- not mix other additives.
CAUTION lems that are caused by the use of
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty fuels containing methanol.
A020107AUN
does not cover damage to the fuel
system or any performance prob- Operation in foreign countries
lems caused by the use of E85 fuel. If you are going to drive your vehicle in
Fuel Additives
another country, be sure to:
HYUNDAI recommends that you use good
Observe all regulations regarding reg-
quality gasolines treated with detergent
istration and insurance.
additives such as TOP TIER Detergent
CAUTION Gasoline, which help prevent deposit for- Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-
Never use gasohol which contains mation in the engine. These gasolines will able.
methanol. Discontinue use of any help the engine run cleaner and enhance
gasohol product which impairs dri- performance of the Emission Control
vability. System. For more information on TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com)

1 4
Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS


A030000BUN
No special break-in period is needed. By CALIFORNIA PROPOSI-
following a few simple precautions for the TION 65 WARNING
first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to Items contained in motor vehicles
the performance, economy and life of or emitted from them are known to
your vehicle. the State of California to cause can-
Do not race the engine. cer and birth defects or reproduc-
While driving, keep your engine speed tive harm. These include:
(rpm, or revolutions per minute) Gasoline and its vapors
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm. Engine exhaust
Do not maintain a single speed for long
Used engine oil
periods of time, either fast or slow.
Varying engine speed is needed to Interior passenger compartment
properly break-in the engine. components and materials
Avoid hard stops, except in emergen- Component parts which are sub-
cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop- ject to heat and wear
erly. In addition, battery posts, terminals
Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 and related accessories contain
minutes at one time. lead, lead compounds and other
Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 chemicals known to the State of
miles (2,000 km) of operation. California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm.

1 5
Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS


A040000AFD These data can help provide a better To read data recorded by an EDR, spe-
This vehicle is equipped with an event understanding of the circumstances cial equipment is required, and
data recorder (EDR). The main pur- in which crashes and injuries occur. access to the vehicle or the EDR is
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your needed.
crash or near crash-like situations, vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situa- In addition to the vehicle manufactur-
such as an air bag deployment or hit- tion occurs; no data are recorded by er, other parties, such as law enforce-
ting a road obstacle, data that will the EDR under normal driving condi- ment, that have the special equip-
assist in understanding how a vehi- tions and no personal data (e.g., ment, can read the information if they
cle's systems performed. The EDR is name, gender, age, and crash loca- have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
designed to record data related to tion) are recorded. However, other
vehicle dynamics and safety systems parties, such as law enforcement,
for a short period of time, typically 30 could combine the EDR data with the
seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi- type of personally identifying data
cle is designed to record such data routinely acquired during a crash
as: investigation.
How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
Whether or not the driver and pas-
senger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
How fast the vehicle was traveling.

1 6
Introduction

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER


A050000ABH-EU

Door ajar warning light Malfunction indicator light Trunk ajar warning light

Seat belt warning light Air bag warning light EPB EPB malfunction indicator
(if equipped)

High beam indicator AUTO AUTO HOLD indicator


Cruise indicator (if equipped) HOLD (if equipped)
Cruise SET indicator
Turn signal indicator AFLS AFLS malfunction indicator
(if equipped) (if equipped)
SCC malfunction indicator
ESC ESC indicator (if equipped) ECO ECO indicator (if equipped)

ESC SCC sensor malfunction indica-


ESC OFF indicator tor (if equipped) Tail light indicator
OFF

ABS warning light Immobilizer indicator TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring


System) malfunction indicator
Parking brake & Brake fluid Low fuel level warning light
warning light Low tire pressure telltale

Engine oil pressure warning light LDWS LDWS indicator (if equipped) Low tire pressure position tell-
tale (if equipped)
Low windshield washer fluid LDWS LDWS malfunction indicator
level warning light (if equipped) FAIL (if equipped)
Front fog light indicator
Charging system warning light
(if equipped)

* For more detailed explanations, refer to Instrument cluster in section 4.

1 7
Your vehicle at a glance 2
Interior overview / 2-2
Instrument panel overview / 2-3
Engine compartment / 2-4
Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-17


2. Power window switches ....................4-23
3. Outside rearview mirror control
switch ................................................4-46
4. Trunk lid release switch.....................4-20
5. Fuel filler lid release button...............4-28
6. Hood release lever............................4-27
7. Foot parking brake* ..........................5-19
8. Electric parking brake*......................5-21
9. Auto hold control button* ..................5-25
10. Brake pedal.....................................5-18
11. Accelerator pedal .....................5-6, 5-9
12. Parking assist button* .....................4-72
13. Lane departure warning system
switch*.............................................5-51
14. ESC OFF button .............................5-30
15. Instrument panel illumination control
knob ................................................4-48
16. Light control/Turn signals ................4-77
17. Steering wheel manual tilt or Power tilt/
telescope control* ...........................4-37
18. Steering wheel ................................4-37
* : if equipped

* The actual vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OBH012001E
B010000ABH-EU
2 2
Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster.............................4-48
2. Horn .................................................4-38
3. Drivers front air bag.........................3-46
4. Wiper/Washer...................................4-82
5. Ignition switch or Engine start/stop
button*.........................................5-5, 5-7
6. Climate control system.....................4-89
7. Digital clock ....................................4-109
8. Hazard warning flasher switch..4-76, 6-2
9. Shift lever .........................................5-11
10. Central control panel*...................4-114
11. Seat warmer or Climate control seat*
..................................................3-8, 3-9
12. Passengers front air bag ...............3-46
* : if equipped

OBH019002N
B020000ABH-EU

2 3
Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
3.8 Engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-18


2. Radiator cap .....................................7-19
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-21
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-24
5. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-16
6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-23
8. Fuse box ...........................................7-49
9. Power steering fluid reservoir
(with EHPS) ......................................7-22
10. Power steering fluid reservoir
(without EHPS) ...............................7-22
11. Jumper terminal ................................6-4

* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBH012101L
B030000ABH

2 4
Your vehicle at a glance

4.6 Engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-18


2. Radiator cap .....................................7-19
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-21
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-24
5. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-16
6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-23
8. Fuse box ...........................................7-49
9. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-22
10. Jumper terminal ................................6-4

* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBH018005N

2 5
Your vehicle at a glance

5.0 Engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-18


2. Radiator cap .....................................7-19
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-21
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-24
5. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-16
6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-23
8. Fuse box ...........................................7-49
9. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-22
10. Jumper terminal ................................6-4

* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBH011101

2 6
Seats / 3-2
Seat belts / 3-16
Child restraint system / 3-27
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-35

Safety features of your vehicle 3


Safety features of your vehicle

SEATS
Drivers seat
(1) Forward and backward/Seat cushion
height
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Lumbar support
(4) Seat warmer or Climate control seat*
(5) Headrest
(6) Driver position memory system*

Front passengers seat


(7) Forward and backward
(8) Seatback angle*
(9) Seat warmer*
(10) Headrest

Rear seat
(11) Armrest
(12) Seat warmer*
(13) Headrest

*: if equipped

OBH032001L
C010000ABH-EU

3 2
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)
WARNING - Loose objects WARNING
Always drive and ride with your
Loose objects in the drivers foot Do not use a sitting cushion that seatback upright and the lap por-
area could interfere with the opera- reduces friction between the seat tion of the seat belt snug and low
tion of the foot pedals, possibly and passenger. The passenger's across the hips. This is the best
causing an accident. Do not place hips may slide under the lap portion position to protect you in case of
anything under the front seats. of the seat belt during an accident or an accident.
a sudden stop. Serious or fatal inter- In order to avoid unnecessary
nal injuries could result because the and perhaps severe air bag
seat belt can't operate normally.
WARNING - Driver respon- injuries, always sit as far back as
sibility for passengers possible from the steering wheel
while maintaining comfortable
Riding in a vehicle with the seatback
WARNING - Drivers seat control of the vehicle. We recom-
reclined could lead to serious or
mend that your chest be at least
fatal injury in an accident. If a seat is Never attempt to adjust the seat 10 inches (250 mm) away from
reclined during an accident, the while the vehicle is moving. This the steering wheel.
occupants hips may slide under the could result in loss of control, and
lap portion of the seat belt applying an accident causing death, seri-
great force to the unprotected ous injury, or property damage.
abdomen. Serious or fatal internal Do not allow anything to interfere WARNING
injuries could result.The driver must with the normal position of the Do not adjust the seat while wear-
advise the passenger to keep the seatback. Storing items against a ing seat belts. Moving the seat
seatback in an upright position seatback or in any other way cushion forward may cause
whenever the vehicle is in motion. interfering with proper locking of strong pressure on the abdomen.
a seatback could result in serious Use extreme caution so that
or fatal injury in a sudden stop or hands or other objects are not
collision. caught in the seat mechanisms
(Continued) while the seat is moving.
Do not put a cigarette lighter on
the floor or seat. When you oper-
ate the seat, gas may gush out of
the lighter and cause fire.

3 3
Safety features of your vehicle

C010200AEN
Front seat adjustment - power CAUTION
The power seat is driven by an
The front seat can be adjusted by using electric motor. Stop operating
the control knob located on the outside of once the adjustment is complet-
the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust ed. Excessive operation may
the seat to the proper position so as to damage the electrical equipment.
easily control the steering wheel, pedals When in operation, the power
and switches on the instrument panel. seat consumes a large amount of
electrical power. To prevent
unnecessary charging system
WARNING drain, dont adjust the power seat
The power seat is operable with the longer than necessary while the
ignition OFF. engine is not running. OBH031002N
Therefore, children should never be Do not operate two or more power C010201AUN
left unattended in the car. seat control knobs at the same Forward and rearward
time. Doing so may result in Push the control knob forward or rear-
power seat motor or electrical ward to move the seat to the desired
component malfunction. position. Release the knob once the seat
reaches the desired position.

3 4
Safety features of your vehicle

OBH031003N OBH031004N OBH031005N


C010202ABH C010203ABH C010204ABH
Seatback angle (if equipped) Seat cushion height (for drivers seat) Lumbar support (for drivers seat)
Push the control knob forward or rear- Pull the front portion of the control knob The lumbar support can be adjusted by
ward to move the seatback to the desired up to raise or push down to lower the pressing the lumbar support switch on
angle. Release the knob once the seat front part of the seat cushion. Pull the the side of the drivers seat. Press the
reaches the desired position. rear portion of the control knob up to front portion of the switch (1) to increase
raise or push down to lower the rear part support, or the rear portion of the switch
of the seat cushion. Release the knob (2), to decrease support.
once the seat reaches the desired posi- Move the support position up and down
tion. by pressing the switch (3) or (4).

3 5
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING
For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle
of the headrest is at the same
height as the center of gravity of
an occupant's head. Generally,
the center of gravity of most peo-
ple's head is similar with the
height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close
OBH038075L to your head as possible. For this OBH038006L
C010104ABH-EU reason, the use of a cushion that Forward and rearward adjustment
Headrest holds the body away from the The headrest may be adjusted forward or
The driver's and front passenger's seats seatback is not recommended. rearward by pulling the lower part of the
are equipped with a headrest for the Do not operate the vehicle with headrest forward or rearward to the
occupant's safety and comfort. the headrests removed as severe desired detent in the direction of the
The headrest not only provides comfort injury to the occupants may arrow. Adjust the headrest so that it prop-
for the driver and front passenger, but occur in the event of an accident. erly supports the head and neck.
also helps to protect the head and neck Headrests may provide protec-
in the event of a collision. tion against neck injuries when
properly adjusted.
Do not adjust the headrest posi-
tion of the driver's seat while the
vehicle is in motion.

3 6
Safety features of your vehicle

Removal
For your safety, the front headrest cant
be removed. If there is any problem with
the front headrest, take your vehicle to an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have
the system checked.

WARNING
Do not operate the vehicle with the
headrests removed as severe injury
to the occupants may occur in the
OBH038007L event of an accident. Headrests may OBH038069
provide protection against neck
Adjusting the height up and down Electronic active headrest (if equipped)
injuries when properly adjusted.
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the The electronic active headrest is
desired position (1). To lower the head- designed to trigger the headrest forward
rest, push and hold the release button (2) and upward when impact sensor detects
on the headrest support and lower the a rear impact. This helps to prevent the
headrest to the desired position (3). driver's and front passengers heads
from moving backward and thus helps
minimize neck injuries.

CAUTION
The active headrest is a safety
device to reduce injuries from a
rear impact. Do not hit or pull the
headrest intentionally.

3 7
Safety features of your vehicle

When pressing the switch for more


than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer WARNING - Seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn burns
OFF. Passengers should use extreme
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF caution when using seat warmers
position whenever the ignition switch is due to the possibility of excess
turned on. heating or burns. The occupants
must be able to feel if the seat is
NOTICE becoming too warm and to turn the
With the seat warmer switch in the ON seat warmer off. The seat warmer
position, the heating system in the seat may cause burns even at low tem-
turns off or on automatically depending peratures, especially if used for
OBH031009E on the seat temperature. long periods of time. In particular,
C010107ABH the driver must exercise extreme
Seat warmer (if equipped) CAUTION care for the following types of pas-
The seat warmer is provided to warm the When cleaning the seats, do not sengers:
front seats during cold weather. While the use an organic solvent such as 1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-
engine is running, push either of the paint thinner, benzene, alcohol abled persons, or hospital outpa-
switches to warm the driver's seat or the and gasoline. Doing so may dam- tients
front passenger's seat. age the surface of the heater or 2. Persons with sensitive skin or
During mild weather or under conditions seats. those that burn easily
where the operation of the seat warmer To prevent overheating the seat 3. Fatigued individuals
is not needed, keep the switches in the warmer, do not place anything on 4. Intoxicated individuals
OFF position. the seats that insulates against 5. Individuals taking medication
Each time you push the switch, the heat, such as blankets, cushions that can cause drowsiness or
temperature setting of the seat is or seat covers while the seat sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold
changed as follows : warmer is in operation. tablets, etc.)
Do not place heavy or sharp
OFFHIGH( )MIDDLE( )LOW( ) objects on seats equipped with

seat warmers. Damage to the seat


warming components could occur.

3 8
Safety features of your vehicle

Each time you push the switch, the air-


flow is changed as follows: CAUTION
The climate control seat is a sup-
OFFHIGH( )MIDDLE( )LOW( )
plementary cooling/heating sys-


tem. Use the climate control seat
when the climate control system
When pressing the switch for more
is on. Using the climate control
than 1.5 seconds with the climate con-
seat for prolonged periods of time
trol seat operating, the climate control
with the climate control system
seat will turn OFF.
off could impair the climate con-
The climate control seat defaults to the trol seat performance.
OFF position whenever the ignition
When cleaning the seats, do not
switch is turned on.
OBH038009N use an organic solvent such as
C010109ABH-EU paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
Climate control seat (if equipped) and gasoline. Doing so may dam-
The climate control seat is provided to age the surface of the seats.
cool or warm the drivers seat during hot Do not spill liquid such as water
or cold weather by blowing air through or beverages on the surface of the
small vent holes on the surface of the seat front seats and seatbacks, or the
and seatback. While the engine is running, air vent holes may be blocked and
push the rear portion of the switch to cool prevented from working properly.
the driver's seat, and push the front por- Do not place materials such as
tion of the switch to warm the drivers seat. plastic bags or newspapers under
When the operation of the climate control the seats. The air vent may not
seat is not needed, keep the switch in the work properly as the air intake
OFF position. can be blocked.
When the air vent does not oper-
ate, restart the vehicle. If there is
no change, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

3 9
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING
Passengers should use extreme For proper operation of the occu-
caution when using the climate pant classification system:
control seat to warm due to the Do not place any items cumula-
possibility of excess heating or tively weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
burns. The occupants must be able in the passengers seatback
to feel if the seat is becoming too pocket or on the passengers
warm and to turn the seat warmer seat.
off. In particular, the driver must Do not hang onto the front pas-
exercise extreme care for the fol- senger seatback.
lowing types of passengers:
1. Infants, children, elderly or dis- OBH038010
abled persons, or hospital outpa- C010108AUN-EU
tients Seatback pocket
2. Persons with sensitive skin or The seatback pocket is provided on the
those that burn easily back of the front passengers and drivers
3. Fatigued individuals seatbacks.
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or WARNING - Seatback
sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold pockets
tablets, etc.) Do not put heavy or sharp objects
in the seatback pockets. In an acci-
dent they could come loose from
the pocket and injure vehicle occu-
pants.

3 10
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING
For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle
of the headrest is at the same
height as the center of gravity of
an occupant's head. Generally,
the center of gravity of most peo-
ple's head is similar with the
height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close
OBH038076L to your head as possible. The use OBH038015
Rear seat of a cushion that holds the body Adjusting the height up and down
away from the seatback is not To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
C010303ABH
recommended. desired position (1). To lower the head-
Headrest Do not operate the vehicle with rest, push and hold the release button (2)
The rear seat is equipped with headrests the headrests removed as severe on the headrest support and lower the
in all the seating positions for the occu- injury to an occupant may occur headrest to the desired position (3).
pant's safety and comfort. in the event of an accident.
The headrest not only provides comfort Headrests may provide protec-
for passengers, but also helps to protect tion against severe neck injuries
the head and neck in the event of a colli- when properly adjusted.
sion.

3 11
Safety features of your vehicle

OBH038016 OBH038078L OBH038074L


Removal Reinstall Rear center seat headrest
To remove the headrest, raise it as far as To reinstall the headrest, put the head- You can fold the rear center seats head-
it can go then press the release button rest poles(1) into the holes while press- rest by pressing the upper part of the
(1) while pulling upward (2). ing the release button(2). Then adjust it headrest while pushing the button (1).
to the appropriate height. To use the headrest, pull up the upper
part of the headrest.
WARNING
Do not operate the vehicle with the WARNING
headrests removed as severe injury Make sure the headrest locks in WARNING
to the occupants may occur in the position after adjusting it to proper- Do not operate the vehicle with the
event of an accident. Headrests ly protects the occupants. headrests folded as severe injury to
may provide protection against an occupant may occur in the event
neck injuries when properly adjust- of an accident. Headrests may pro-
ed. vide protection against severe neck
injuries when properly adjusted.

3 12
Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION
Make sure the engine is off, the
shift lever is in P and the parking
brake is applied whenever loading
or unloading cargo.The vehicle may
move if the shift lever is inadver-
tently moved to another position.
Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger seats
to prevent damage to the vehicle
interior.
OBH031017N OBH031019N When cargo is loaded through the
C010304ABH-EU Carrying long/narrow cargo (if equipped) rear passenger seats, ensure the
Armrest Pull the armrest down using the strap cargo is properly secured to pre-
The armrest is located in the center of provided on the armrest. Pull the cover vent it from moving while driving.
the rear seat. Pull the armrest down by down while pushing the release lever Unsecured cargo in the passen-
using the strap (1) provided on the arm- down. Additional cargo space is provided ger compartment can cause dam-
rest. to accommodate long/narrow cargo age to the vehicle or injury to its
(skis, poles, lumber, etc.) not able to fit occupants.
You will find cup holders on the armrest.
properly in the trunk when closed.

3 13
Safety features of your vehicle

Each time you push the button, the


WARNING - Cargo temperature setting of the seat is
Cargo should always be secured to changed as follows :
prevent it from being thrown about
the vehicle in a collision and caus- OFFHIGH( )MIDDLE( )LOW( )
ing injury to the vehicle occupants.


Do not place objects on the rear
seats, since they cannot be proper-
When pressing the switch for more
ly secured and may hit the front
than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer
seat occupants in a collision.
operating, the seat warmer will turn
OFF.
OBH032021L The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
WARNING - Cargo loading position whenever engine start/stop
Seat warmer (if equipped) button is turned to the ON position.
Make sure the engine is off, the
shift lever is in P (Park) and the The seat warmer is provided to warm the
rear seats during cold weather. While the
parking brake is securely applied
engine is running, push the switch to
NOTICE
whenever loading or unloading With the seat warmer switch in the ON
cargo. Failure to take these steps warm the rear seat.
During mild weather or under conditions position, the heating system in the seat
may allow the vehicle to move if the turns off or on automatically depending
shift lever is inadvertently moved to where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the switches in the on the seat temperature.
another position.
OFF position.

3 14
Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING - Seat warmer


When cleaning the seats, do not burns
use an organic solvent such as Passengers should use extreme
thinner, benzene, alcohol and caution when using seat warmers
gasoline. Doing so may damage due to the possibility of excess
the surface of the heater or seats. heating or burns. The occupants
To prevent overheating the seat must be able to feel if the seat is
warmer, do not place anything on becoming too warm and to turn the
the seats that insulates against seat warmer off. The seat warmer
heat, such as blankets, cushions may cause burns even at low tem-
or seat covers while the seat peratures, especially if used for
warmer is in operation. long periods of time. In particular,
Do not place heavy or sharp the driver must exercise extreme
objects on seats equipped with care for the following types of pas-
seat warmers. Damage to the seat sengers:
warming components could 1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-
occur. abled persons, or hospital outpa-
tients
2. Persons with sensitive skin or
those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold
tablets, etc.)

3 15
Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS
C020100AUN
(Continued) (Continued)
Seat belt restraint system
Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. Care should be taken to avoid con-
A twisted belt can't do its job as tamination of the webbing with pol-
WARNING well. In a collision, it could even ishes, oils and chemicals and par-
For maximum restraint system cut into you. Be sure the belt ticularly battery acid. Cleaning may
protection, the seat belts must webbing is straight and not twist- safely be carried out using mild
always be used whenever the car ed. soap and water. The belt should be
is moving. Be careful not to damage the belt replaced if webbing becomes
Seat belts are most effective webbing or hardware. If the belt frayed, contaminated or damaged.
when seatbacks are in the webbing or hardware is dam- It is essential to replace the entire
upright position. aged, replace it. assembly after it has been worn in
Children age 12 and under must a severe impact even if damage to
always be properly restrained in the assembly is not obvious. Belts
the rear seat. Never allow chil- should not be worn with straps
dren to ride in the front passen- WARNING twisted. Each seat belt assembly
ger seat. If a child over 12 must Seat belts are designed to bear must only be used by one occu-
be seated in the front seat, he/she upon the bony structure of the pant; it is dangerous to put a belt
must be properly belted and the body, and should be worn low around a child being carried on the
seat should be moved as far back across the front of the pelvis, or the occupant's lap.
as possible. pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
Never wear the shoulder belt applicable; wearing the lap section
under your arm or behind your of the belt across the abdominal
back. An improperly positioned area must be avoided.
shoulder belt can cause serious Seat belts should be adjusted as
injuries in a crash. The shoulder firmly as possible, consistent with
belt should be positioned midway comfort, to provide the protection
over your shoulder across your for which they have been designed.
collarbone. A slack belt will greatly reduce the
(Continued) protection afforded to the occu-
pant.
(Continued)

3 16
Safety features of your vehicle

If the driver's seat belt is not fastened


WARNING when the ignition switch is turned on, the
No modifications or additions seat belt warning light and chime will
should be made by the user operate for approximately 6 seconds. But
which will either prevent the seat if it is fastened within the 6 seconds, the
belt adjusting devices from oper- warning light will blink for the 6 seconds
ating to remove slack, or prevent and the warning chime will turn off imme-
the seat belt assembly from being diately.
adjusted to remove slack. If the driver's seat belt is disconnected
When you fasten the seat belt, be after the ignition switch is turned to the
careful not to latch the seat belt in ON position, the seat belt warning light
buckles of other seat. It's very dan- will turn on for approximately 6 seconds.
gerous and you may not be pro- 1GQA2083 But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds,
tected by the seat belt properly. C020101CBH-EU the warning light will turn off immediately.
Do not unfasten the seat belt and Seat belt warning (for drivers seat) If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
do not fasten and unfasten the As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph
seat belt repeatedly while driving. warning light will blink for approximately (10 km/h), the seat belt warning light and
This could result in loss of con- 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition chime will operate for approximately 11
trol, and an accident causing switch ON, regardless of belt fastening. times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and
death, serious injury, or property 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened
The warning light will blink again for
damage. or the vehicle speed decreases below 3
approximately 6 seconds when starting
When fastening the seat belt, mph (5 km/h).
the engine.
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are
hard or can break easily.
Make sure there is nothing in the
buckle. The seat belt may not be
fastened securely.

3 17
Safety features of your vehicle

NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the safety belt from the
retractor, firmly pull the belt out and
release it. Then you will be able to pull
the belt out smoothly.

OBH038071N B180A01NF-1
Seat belt warning C020102ABH-EU
(for front passengers seat) Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
As a reminder to the front passenger, the with emergency locking retractor
front passenger's seat belt warning light To fasten your seat belt:
will blink for approximately 6 seconds To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
each time you turn the ignition switch ON retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into
regardless of belt fastening. If the pas- the buckle (2). There will be an audible
senger's seat belt is unfastened when "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.
the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
km/h), the passenger's seat belt warning proper length only after the lap belt por-
light will blink for at least 6 seconds until tion is adjusted manually so that it fits
the belt is fastened. snugly around your hips. If you lean for-
ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will
extend and let you move around. If there
is a sudden stop or impact, however, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.

3 18
Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).


To lower it, push it down (3) while press-
ing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.

WARNING
Verify the shoulder belt anchor is
locked into position at the appro-
OBH038022 priate height. Never position the B200A02NF
shoulder belt across your neck or
Height adjustment face. Improperly positioned seat
You can adjust the height of the shoulder belts can cause serious injuries WARNING
belt anchor to one of 4 positions for max- in an accident.
imum comfort and safety. You should place the lap belt por-
Failure to replace seat belts after tion as low as possible and snugly
The height of the seat belt should not be an accident could leave you with across your hips, not on your waist.
too near your neck. The shoulder portion damaged seat belts that will not If the lap belt is located too high on
should be adjusted so that it lies across provide protection in the event of your waist, it may increase the
your chest and midway over your shoul- another collision leading to per- chance of injury in the event of a
der nearest the door and not your neck. sonal injury or death. Replace collision. Both arms should not be
To adjust the height of the seat belt your seat belts after being in an under or over the belt. Rather, one
anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster accident as soon as possible. should be over and the other under,
into an appropriate position. as shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under the
arm nearest the door.

3 19
Safety features of your vehicle

C020106ABH When the seat belt is fully extended from


Seat belts - Front passenger and rear the retractor to allow the installation of a
seat 3-point system with combination child restraint system, the seat belt oper-
locking retractor ation changes to allow the belt to retract,
To fasten your seat belt: but not to extend (Automatic Locking
Combination retractor type seat belts are Retractor Type). Refer to Using a child
installed in the rear seat positions to help restraint system in this section.
accommodate the installation of child
restraint systems. Although a combina- NOTICE
tion retractor is also installed in the front Although the combination retractor pro-
passenger seat position, it is strongly vides the same level of protection for
recommended that children always be seated passengers in either emergency or
seated in the rear seat. NEVER place automatic locking modes, it is recom- OBH039023N
any infant restraint system in the front mended that seated passengers use the When using the rear center seat belt, the
seat of the vehicle. emergency locking feature for improved buckle with the CENTER mark must be
This type of seat belt combines the fea- convenience. The automatic locking used.
tures of both an emergency locking function is intended to facilitate child
retractor seat belt and an automatic lock- restraint installation. To convert from the
ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seat automatic locking feature to the emer-
belt, pull it out of the retractor and insert gency locking operation mode, allow the
the metal tab into the buckle. There will unbuckled seat belt to fully retract.
be an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle. When not securing a
child restraint, the seat belt operates in
the same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It
automatically adjusts to the proper length
only after the lap belt portion of the seat
belt is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly around your hips.

3 20
Safety features of your vehicle

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if


the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
the seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive tension
on the driver or passenger's seat belt
when the pre-tensioner activates, the
load limiter inside the pre-tensioner will
release some of the pressure on the
B210A01NF-1 OED030300 affected seat belt.
To release the seat belt: C020200BBH-EU
The seat belt is released by pressing the Pre-tensioner seat belt WARNING
release button (1) in the locking buckle. Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and Do not put anything near the buck-
When it is released, the belt should auto- front passenger's pre-tensioner seat le. Placing objects near the buckle
matically draw back into the retractor. belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is can adversely affect the anchor
If this does not happen, check the belt to to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly pre-tensioner and may increase the
be sure it is not twisted, then try again. against the occupant's body in certain risk of personal injury in the event
frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat of a collision.
belts may be activated in crashes where
the frontal collision is severe enough.

WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the
belt webbing is not loose or twisted
and always sit properly on your
seat.

3 21
Safety features of your vehicle

NOTICE
WARNING The driver's and front passenger's
To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-tensioner seat belts may be acti-
pre-tensioner seat belt: vated in certain frontal collisions.
1. The seat belt must be worn cor- The pre-tensioner seat belts can be
rectly and adjusted to the proper activated where the frontal collision is
position. Please read and follow severe enough, together with the air
all of the important information bags.
and precautions about your vehi- When the pre-tensioner seat belts are
cles occupant safety features activated, a loud noise may be heard
OBH038100 including seat belts and air bags and fine dust, which may appear to be
that are provided in this manual. smoke, may be visible in the passenger
2. Be sure you and your passengers compartment. These are normal oper-
always wear seat belts properly. ating conditions and are not haz-
ardous.
Although it is harmless, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should
not be breathed for prolonged periods.
Wash all exposed skin areas thorough-
ly after an accident in which the pre-
tensioner seat belts were activated.
OBH030101
The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-
sists mainly of the following components.
Their locations are shown in the illustration:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. SRS control module
4. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly
(driver side)

3 22
Safety features of your vehicle

NOTICE (Continued)
The sensor that activates the SRS air WARNING
Improper handling of the pre-ten-
bag is connected with the pre-tensioner Pre-tensioners are designed to sioner seat belt assemblies, and
seat belt, and the SRS air bag warning operate only one time. After acti- failure to heed the warnings not
light on the instrument panel will vation, pre-tensioner seat belts to strike, modify, inspect, replace,
illuminate for approximately 6 seconds must be replaced. All seat belts, service or repair the pre-tension-
after the ignition switch has been turned of any type, should always be er seat belt assemblies may lead
to the ON position, and then it should replaced after they have been to improper operation or inadver-
turn off. worn during a collision. tent activation and serious injury.
The pre-tensioner seat belt Always wear the seat belts when
assembly mechanisms become driving or riding in a motor vehi-
CAUTION hot during activation. Do not cle.
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
working properly, the warning light assemblies for several minutes If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seat
will illuminate even if there is no after they have been activated. belt must be discarded, contact
malfunction of the SRS air bag. If an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to inspect or
the SRS air bag warning light does replace the pre-tensioner seat
not illuminate when the ignition belts yourself. This must be done
switch is turned ON, or if it remains by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
illuminated after illuminating for Do not strike the pre-tensioner
approximately 6 seconds, or if it seat belt assemblies.
illuminates while the vehicle is Do not attempt to service or
being driven, have an authorized repair the pre-tensioner seat belt
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre- system in any manner.
tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag
system as soon as possible. (Continued)

3 23
Safety features of your vehicle

C020300AUN-EU C020306AUN-EU
NOTICE
Seat belt precautions Infant or small child Small children are best protected from
All 50 states have child restraint laws.You injury in an accident when properly
should be aware of the specific require- restrained in the rear seat by a child
WARNING ments in your state. Child and/or infant restraint system that meets the require-
All occupants of the vehicle must seats must be properly placed and ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle
wear their seat belts at all times. installed in the rear seat. For more infor- Safety Standards. Before buying any
Seat belts and child restraints mation about the use of these restraints, child restraint system, make sure that it
reduce the risk of serious or fatal refer to Child restraint system in this has a label certifying that it meets
injuries for all occupants in the section. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
event of a collision or sudden stop. 213. The restraint must be appropriate
Without a seat belt, occupants for your child's height and weight.
could be shifted too close to a WARNING Check the label on the child restraint for
deploying air bag, strike the interior Every person in your vehicle needs this information. Refer to Child
structure or be thrown from the to be properly restrained at all restraint system in this section.
vehicle. Properly worn seat belts times, including infants and chil-
greatly reduce these hazards. dren. Never hold a child in your
Even with advanced air bags, arms or lap when riding in a vehi-
unbelted occupants can be severe- cle. The violent forces created dur-
ly injured by a deploying air bag. ing a crash will tear the child from
Always follow the precautions your arms and throw the child
about seat belts, air bags and occu- against the interior. Always use a
pant safety contained in this manu- child restraint appropriate for your
al. child's height and weight.

3 24
Safety features of your vehicle

C020301AUN If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch- C020302AKM


Larger children es the childs neck or face, try placing the Restraint of pregnant women
Children who are too large for child child closer to the center of the vehicle. If Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul-
restraint systems should always occupy the shoulder belt still touches their face der belt assemblies whenever possible
the rear seat and use the available or neck they need to be returned to a according to specific recommendations
lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion should child restraint system. by their doctors. The lap portion of the
be fastened snug on the hips and as low belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND
as possible. Check belt fit periodically. A LOW AS POSSIBLE on the hips, not
child's squirming could put the belt out of WARNING - Shoulder belts cross the abdomen.
position. Children are afforded the most on small children
safety in the event of an accident when Never allow a shoulder belt to be
they are restrained by a proper restraint in contact with a childs neck or WARNING - Pregnant
system in the rear seat. If a larger child face while the vehicle is in women
(over age 12) must be seated in the front motion. Pregnant women must never place
seat, the child should be securely If seat belts are not properly worn the lap portion of the safety belt
restrained by the available lap/shoulder and adjusted on children, there is over the area of the abdomen
belt and the seat should be placed in the a risk of death or serious injury. where the fetus is located or above
rearmost position. Children age 12 and the abdomen where the belt could
under should be restrained securely in crush the fetus during an impact.
the rear seat. NEVER place a child age
12 and under in the front seat. NEVER
place a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.

3 25
Safety features of your vehicle

C020303AUN C020305ABH C020400ABH


Injured person Do not lie down Care of seat belts
A seat belt should be used when an To reduce the chance of injuries in the Seat belt systems should never be disas-
injured person is being transported. event of an accident and to achieve max- sembled or modified. In addition, care
When this is necessary, you should con- imum effectiveness of the restraint sys- should be taken to assure that seat belts
sult a physician for recommendations. tem, all passengers should be sitting up and belt hardware are not damaged by
and the front and rear seats should be in seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
C020304AUN an upright position when the car is mov-
ing. A seat belt cannot provide proper C020401AEN
One person per belt
protection if the person is lying down in Periodic inspection
Two people (including children) should the rear seat or if the front and rear seats
never attempt to use a single seat belt. All seat belts should be inspected peri-
are in a reclined position. odically for wear or damage of any kind.
This could increase the severity of
Any damaged parts should be replaced
injuries in case of an accident. as soon as possible.
WARNING
Riding with a reclined seatback
C020402AUN
increases your chance of serious or
fatal injuries in the event of a colli- Keep belts clean and dry
sion or sudden stop. The protection Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If
of your restraint system (seat belts belts become dirty, they can be cleaned
and air bags) is greatly reduced by by using a mild soap solution and warm
reclining your seat. Seat belts must water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or
be snug against your hips and abrasives should not be used because
they may damage and weaken the fabric.
chest to work properly. The more
the seatback is reclined, the greater
the chance that an occupant's hips C020403AEN
will slide under the lap belt causing When to replace seat belts
serious internal injuries or the Entire in-use seat belt assembly or
occupant's neck could strike the assemblies should be replaced if the
shoulder belt. Drivers and passen- vehicle has been involved in an accident.
gers should always sit well back in This should be done even if no damage
their seats, properly belted, and is visible. Additional questions concern-
with the seatbacks upright. ing seat belt operation should be directed
to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3 26
Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM


C030000AEN-EU
Children riding in the car should sit in the WARNING WARNING
rear seat and must always be properly A child restraint system must be To reduce the chance of serious or
restrained to minimize the risk of injury in placed in the rear seat. Never fatal injuries:
an accident, sudden stop or sudden install a child or infant seat on the Children of all ages are safer
maneuver. According to accident statistics, front passenger's seat. Should an when restrained in the rear seat.
children are safer when properly accident occur and cause the A child riding in the front passen-
restrained in the rear seats than in the front passenger-side air bag to deploy, ger seat can be forcefully struck
seat. Larger children not in a child restraint it could severely injure or kill an by an inflating air bag resulting in
should use one of the seat belts provided. infant or child seated in an infant serious or fatal injuries.
You should be aware of the specific or child seat. Thus only use a Always follow the child restraint
requirements in your state. Child and/or child restraint in the rear seat of system manufacturers instruc-
infant safety seats must be properly your vehicle. tions for installation and use of
placed and installed in the rear seat. You A seat belt or child restraint sys- the child restraint.
must use a commercially available child tem can become very hot if it is
restraint system that meets the require- Always make sure the child seat
left in a closed vehicle on a sunny is secured properly in the car and
ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety day, even if the outside tempera-
Standards (FMVSS). your child is securely restrained
ture does not feel hot. Be sure to in the child seat.
Child restraint systems are designed to be check the seat cover and buckles
secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the Never hold a child in your arms or
before placing a child there. lap when riding in a vehicle. The
lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or When the child restraint system
by a LATCH system. violent forces created during a
is not in use, store it in the lug- crash will tear the child from your
Children could be injured or killed in a gage area or fasten it with a seat arms and throw the child against
crash if their restraints are not properly belt so that it will not be thrown the cars interior.
secured. For small children and babies, a forward in the case of a sudden
child seat or infant seat must be used. Never put a seat belt over your-
stop or an accident. self and a child. During a crash,
Before buying a particular child restraint Children may be seriously injured
system, make sure it fits your car seat and the belt could press deep into the
or killed by an inflating air bag. child causing serious internal
seat belts, and fits your child. Follow all the All children, even those too large
instructions provided by the manufacturer injuries.
for child restraints, must ride in (Continued)
when installing the child restraint system. the rear seat.

3 27
Safety features of your vehicle

Rearward-facing child restraint system


(Continued) (Continued)
Never leave children unattended Never use an infant carrier or a
in a vehicle not even for a short child safety seat that "hooks"
time. The car can heat up very over a seatback, it may not pro-
quickly, resulting in serious vide adequate security in an acci-
injuries to children inside. Even dent.
very young children may inadver- Seat belts can become very hot,
tently cause the vehicle to move, especially when the car is parked
entangle themselves in the win- in direct sunlight. Always check
dows, or lock themselves or oth- seat belt buckles before fasten-
ers inside the vehicle. ing them over a child. CRS09
Never allow two children, or any Forward-facing child restraint system
After an accident, have an author-
two persons, to use the same ized HYUNDAI dealer check the
seat belt. child restraint system, seat belt,
Children often squirm and repo- tether anchor and lower anchor.
sition themselves improperly. If there is not enough space to
Never let a child ride with the place the child restraint system
shoulder belt under their arm or because of the driver's seat,
behind their back. Always proper- install the child restraint system
ly position and secure children in in the rear right seat.
the rear seat.
Never allow a child to stand-up or OBH038024
kneel on the seat or floor of a
C030100AEN-EU
moving vehicle. During a colli-
sion or sudden stop, the child Using a child restraint system
can be violently thrown against For small children and babies, the use of
the vehicles interior, resulting in a child seat or infant seat is required. This
serious injury. child seat or infant seat should be of
(Continued) appropriate size for the child and should
be installed in accordance with the man-
ufacturer's instructions.

3 28
Safety features of your vehicle

For safety reasons, we recommend that


the child restraint system be used in the WARNING - Child seat
rear seats. installation
A child can be seriously injured
WARNING or killed in a collision if the child
Never place a rear-facing child restraint is not properly anchored
restraint in the front passenger to the car and the child is not
seat, because of the danger that an properly restrained in the child
inflating passenger-side air bag restraint. Before installing the
could impact the rear-facing child child restraint system, read the
restraint and kill the child. instructions supplied by the child
restraint system manufacturer.
If the seat belt does not operate E2MS103005
Since all passenger seat belts move as described in this section, have C030102BUN-EU
freely under normal conditions and only the system checked immediately Placing a passenger seat belt into
lock under extreme or emergency condi- by your authorized HYUNDAI the automatic locking mode
tions (emergency locking mode), you dealer. The automatic locking mode will help
must manually change these seat belts
Failure to observe this manual's prevent the normal movement of the
to the automatic locking mode to secure
instructions regarding child child in the vehicle from causing the seat
a child restraint.
restraint systems and the belt to loosen and compromise the child
instructions provided with the restraint system. To secure a child
child restraint system could restraint system, use the following proce-
increase the chance and/or dure.
severity of injury in an accident.

3 29
Safety features of your vehicle

OEN036101 OBH039102 OBH039103


To install a child restraint system on the 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
outboard or center rear seats, do the fol- belt all the way out. When the shoulder the seat belt to retract and listen for an
lowing: portion of the seat belt is fully extend- audible clicking or ratcheting sound.
1. Place the child restraint system on the ed, it will shift the retractor to the This indicates that the retractor is in
seat and route the lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking (child restraint) the Automatic Locking mode. If no
around or through the restraint, follow- mode. distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3
ing the restraint manufacturers and 4.
instructions. Be sure the seat belt web-
bing is not twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct click
sound.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.

3 30
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Automatic
locking mode
The lap/shoulder belt automatically
returns to the emergency locking
mode whenever the belt is allowed
to retract fully. Therefore, the pre-
ceding seven steps must be fol-
lowed each time a child restraint is
installed.
If the retractor is not in the
Automatic Locking mode, the child
OEN036104 restraint can move when your vehi- OBH038072N
5. Remove as much slack from the belt cle turns or stops suddenly. A child C030103ABH-EU
as possible by pushing down on the can be seriously injured or killed if Securing a child restraint seat with
child restraint system while feeding the the child restraint is not properly Tether Anchor system
shoulder belt back into the retractor. anchored to the car, including set- Child restraint hook holders are located
6. Push and pull on the child restraint ting the retractor to the Automatic on the package tray.
system to confirm that the seat belt is Locking mode.
holding it firmly in place. If it is not,
release the seat belt and repeat steps
2 through 6. When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position, the
7. Double check that the retractor is in the retractor will automatically switch
Automatic Locking mode by attempt- from the Automatic Locking mode to
ing to pull more of the seat belt out of the emergency lock mode for normal
the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor adult usage.
is in the Automatic Locking mode.
To remove the child restraint, press the
release button on the buckle and then pull
the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint
and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

3 31
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING - Tether strap


When using the vehicle's "Tether A child can be seriously injured
Anchor" system to install a child or killed in a collision if the child
restraint system in the rear seat, all restraint is not properly
unused vehicle rear seat belt metal anchored. Always follow the child
latch plates or tabs must be latched seat manufacturers instructions
securely in their seat belt buckles for installation and use.
and the seat belt webbing must be Never mount more than one child
retracted behind the child restraint restraint to a single tether anchor
to prevent the child from reaching or to a single lower anchorage
and taking hold of unretracted seat point. The increased load caused
OBH030105 belts. Unlatched metal latch plates by multiple seats may cause the
1. Route the child restraint seat tether or tabs may allow the child to reach tethers or lower anchorage
strap over the seatback. the unretracted seat belts which points to break, causing serious
For vehicles with adjustable head- may result in strangulation and a injury or death.
rests, route the tether strap under the serious injury or death to the child
headrest and between the headrest in the child restraint.
posts, otherwise route the tether strap WARNING - Child restraint
over the top of the seatback. check
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the Check that the child restraint sys-
appropriate child restraint hook holder tem is secure by pushing and
and tighten to secure the child restraint pulling it in different directions.
seat. Incorrectly fitted child restraints
may swing, twist, tip or separate
causing death or serious injury.

3 32
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING
- Child restraint anchorage
Child restraint anchorages are Lower Anchor
designed to withstand only those Position Indicator
loads imposed by correctly fitted
child restraints. Under no circum-
stances are they to be used for
adult seat belts or harnesses or
for attaching other items or
equipment to the vehicle. Lower Anchor
The tether strap may not work
properly if attached somewhere B230D01NF OBH031080N
other than the correct tether C030104AEN-EU Child restraint symbols are located on
anchor. Securing a child restraint seat with the left and right rear seat backs to indi-
child seat lower anchor system cate the position of the lower anchors for
Some child seat manufacturers make child restraints.
child restraint seats that are labeled as
LATCH or LATCH-compatible child
restraint seats. LATCH stands for "Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children". These
seats include two rigid or webbing
mounted attachments that connect to
two LATCH anchors at specific seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the need to
use seat belts to attach the child seat in
the rear seats.

3 33
Safety features of your vehicle

LATCH anchors have been provided in


WARNING your vehicle. The LATCH anchors are CAUTION
When using the vehicle's located in the left and right outboard rear Do not allow the rear seat belt web-
"LATCH" system to install a child seating positions. Their locations are bing to get scratched or pinched by
restraint system in the rear seat, shown in the illustration. There is no the child-seat latch and LATCH
all unused vehicle rear seat belt LATCH anchor provided for the center anchor during the installation.
metal latch plates or tabs must be rear seating position.
latched securely in their seat belt The LATCH anchors are located between
buckles and the seat belt web- the seatback and the seat cushion of the
rear seat left and right outboard seating WARNING
bing must be retracted behind
the child restraint to prevent the positions. If the child restraint is not anchored
child from reaching and taking Follow the child seat manufacturers properly, the risk of a child being
hold of unretracted seat belts. instructions to properly install child seriously injured or killed in a colli-
Unlatched metal latch plates or restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH- sion greatly increases.
tabs may allow the child to reach compatible attachments.
the unretracted seat belts which Once you have installed the LATCH child
may result in strangulation and a restraint, assure that the seat is properly WARNING - LATCH lower
serious injury or death to the attached to the LATCH and tether
child in the child restraint.
anchors
anchors.
LATCH lower anchors are only to
Do not place anything around the Also, test the child restraint seat before be used with the left and right rear
lower anchors. Also make sure you place the child in it. Tilt the seat from outboard seating positions. Never
that the seat belt is not caught in side to side. Also try to tug the seat for- attempt to attach a LATCH
the lower anchors. ward. Check to see if the anchors hold equipped seat in the center seating
the seat in place. position. You may damage the
anchors or the anchors may fail
and break in a collision.

3 34
Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM


C040000ABH
(1) Drivers front air bag
(2) Passengers front air bag
(3) Side impact air bag (front)
(4) Side impact air bag (rear, if equipped)
(5) Curtain air bag

WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the seat belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and
severity of injury in the event of a
collision or rollover.

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OBH031025N

3 35
Safety features of your vehicle

C040900AEN-EU It is much more likely that you will sim-


How does the air bag system ply see the deflated air bags hanging WARNING
operate out of their storage compartments after To avoid severe personal injury
the collision. or death caused by deploying air
Air bags are activated (able to inflate if
necessary) only when the ignition In order to help provide protection in a bags in a collision, the driver
switch is turned to the ON or START severe collision, the air bags must should sit as far back from the
position. inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag steering wheel air bag as possi-
Air bags inflate in the event of a seri- inflation is a consequence of the ble (at least 10 inches (250 mm)
ous frontal or side collision in order to extremely short time in which a collision away). The front passengers
help protect the occupants from seri- occurs and the need to inflate the air should always move their seats
ous physical injury. bag between the occupant and the as far back as possible and sit
There is no single speed at which the vehicle structures before the occupant back in their seat.
air bags will inflate. impacts those structures. This speed of Air bags inflate instantly in the
Generally, air bags are designed to inflation reduces the risk of serious or event of collision, and passen-
inflate based upon the severity of a col- life-threatening injuries in a severe col- gers may be injured by the air bag
lision and its direction. These two fac- lision and is thus a necessary part of air expansion force if they are not in
tors determine whether the sensors bag design. proper position.
produce an electronic deployment/ However, air bag inflation can also Air bag inflation may cause
inflation signal. cause injuries which can include facial injuries including facial or bodily
Air bag deployment depends on a abrasions, bruises and broken bones abrasions, injuries from broken
number of factors including vehicle because the inflation speed also caus- glasses or burns.
speed, angles of impact and the densi- es the air bags to expand with a great
ty and stiffness of the vehicles or deal of force.
objects which your vehicle hits in the There are even circumstances
collision. The determining factors are under which contact with the air bag
not limited to those mentioned above. can cause fatal injuries, especially if
The front air bags will completely the occupant is positioned exces-
inflate and deflate in an instant. sively close to the air bag.
It is virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an accident.

3 36
Safety features of your vehicle

C040902AEN
Noise and smoke WARNING
When the air bags inflate, they make a loud Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
noise and they leave smoke and powder in rearward facing child restraint on
the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal a seat protected by an air bag in
and is a result of the ignition of the air bag front of it!
inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may Never put a child restraint in the
feel substantial discomfort in breathing due
front passengers seat. If the front
to the contact of your chest with both the
seat belt and the air bag, as well as from passenger air bag inflates, it can
breathing the smoke and powder. Open cause serious or fatal injuries.
your doors and/or windows as soon as When children are seated in the
possible after impact in order to reduce rear outboard seats of a vehicle
1JBH3051 equipped with side and/or curtain
discomfort and prevent prolonged
exposure to the smoke and powder. C040903AEN air bags, be sure to install the
Though the smoke and powder are non- Do not install a child restraint on the child restraint system as far away
toxic, they may cause irritation to the skin front passengers seat. from the door side as possible,
(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the Never place a rear-facing child restraint and securely lock the child
case, wash and rinse with cold water in the front passengers seat. If the air restraint system in position.
immediately and consult a doctor if the bag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac- Inflation of side and/or curtain air
symptom persists. ing child restraint, causing serious or bags could cause serious injury
fatal injury. or death to an infant or child.
WARNING In addition, do not place front-facing child
When the air bags deploy, the air restraints in the front passengers seat
bag related parts in the steering either. If the front passenger air bag
wheel and/or instrument panel inflates, it could cause serious or fatal
and/or in both sides of the roof rails injuries to the child.
above the front and rear doors and
in the front seatbacks are very hot.
To prevent injury, do not touch the
air bag storage areas internal com-
ponents immediately after an air
bag has inflated.

3 37
Safety features of your vehicle

12. Drivers and front passengers seat


belt buckle sensors
13. Drivers anchor pre-tensioner assembly

The SRSCM continually monitors all


SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require air
bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.

OBH032079N W7-147
C040100ABH-EU
The SRS air bag warning light " " on the
SRS components and functions instrument panel will illuminate for about 6
The SRS consists of the following com- seconds after the ignition switch is turned
ponents: to the ON position, after which the SRS air
1. Driver's front air bag module bag warning light " " should go out.
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side impact air bag modules WARNING
4. Curtain air bag modules If any of the following conditions
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies occurs, this indicates a malfunction
6. Air bag warning light of the SRS. Have an authorized
7. SRS control module (SRSCM) HYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bag
8. Front impact sensors system as soon as possible.
9. Side impact sensors The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
10. PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator
The light stays on after illuminat-
(Front passengers seat only)
ing for approximately 6 seconds.
11. Occupant classification system
The light comes on while the
(Front passengers seat only) vehicle is in motion.

3 38
Safety features of your vehicle

Drivers front air bag (1) Drivers front air bag (2) Drivers front air bag (3)

B240B01L B240B02L B240B03L


The front air bag modules are located Upon deployment, tear seams molded A fully inflated air bag, in combination
both in the center of the steering wheel directly into the pad covers will separate with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
and in the front passenger's panel above under pressure from the expansion of the driver's or the passenger's forward
the glove box. When the SRSCM detects air bags. Further opening of the covers motion, reducing the risk of head and
a sufficiently severe impact to the front of then allows full inflation of the air bags. chest injury.
the vehicle, it will automatically deploy
the front air bags. After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling the
driver to maintain forward visibility and
the ability to steer or operate other con-
trols.

3 39
Safety features of your vehicle

Passengers front air bag


(Continued)
WARNING
Before you replace a fuse or dis-
If an air bag deploys, there may connect a battery terminal, turn
be a loud noise followed by a fine the ignition switch to the LOCK
dust released in the vehicle. position and remove the ignition
These conditions are normal and key. Never remove or replace the
are not hazardous - the air bags air bag related fuse(s) when the
are packed in this fine powder. ignition switch is in the ON posi-
The dust generated during air tion. Failure to heed this warning
bag deployment may cause skin will cause the SRS AIR BAG
or eye irritation as well as aggra- warning light to illuminate.
vate asthma for some persons.
B240B05L Always wash all exposed skin
areas thoroughly with lukewarm
WARNING water and a mild soap after an
Do not install or place any acces- accident in which the air bags
sories (drink holder, CD holder, were deployed.
sticker, etc.) on the front passen- The SRS can function only when
ger's panel above the glove box the ignition switch is in the ON
in a vehicle with a passenger's air position. If the SRS air bag warn-
bag. Such objects may become ing light " " does not illumi-
dangerous projectiles and cause nate, or continuously remains on
injury if the passenger's air bag after illuminating for about 6 sec-
inflates. onds when the ignition switch is
When installing a container of liq- turned to the ON position, or after
uid air freshener inside the vehi- the engine is started, comes on
cle, do not place it near the while driving, the SRS is not
instrument cluster nor on the working properly. If this occurs,
instrument panel surface. have your vehicle immediately
inspected by an authorized
It may become a dangerous pro- HYUNDAI dealer.
jectile and cause injury if the pas-
senger's air bag inflates. (Continued)

3 40
Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of occupant If the front passenger seat is occupied by


classification system a person that the system determines to
A detection device located under the be of adult size, and he/she sits properly
front passenger seat cushion. (sitting upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the seat
Electronic system to determine cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-
whether the passenger air bag sys- fortably extended and their feet on the
tems (both front and side) should be floor), the "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indica-
activated or deactivated. tor will be turned off and the front pas-
A warning light located on the instru- senger's air bag will be able to inflate, if
ment panel which illuminates the necessary, in frontal crashes.
words "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicating You will find the "PASS AIR BAG OFF"
the front passenger air bag system is indicator on the center facia panel. This
OBH038070N
deactivated. system detects the conditions 1~4 in the
C040300ABH
The instrument panel air bag warning following table and activates or deacti-
Occupant classification system light is interconnected with the occu- vates the front passenger air bag based
Your vehicle is equipped with an occu- pant classification system. on these conditions.
pant classification system in the front
passenger's seat.
The occupant classification system is
designed to detect the presence of a
properly-seated front passenger and
determine if the passenger's front air bag
should be enabled (may inflate) or not.
The driver's front air bag is not affected
or controlled by the occupant classifica-
tion system.

3 41
Safety features of your vehicle

Always be sure that you and all vehicle C040301ABH


occupants are seated and restrained Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system
properly (sitting upright with the seat in
an upright position, centered on the seat Indicator/Warning light Devices
cushion, with the person's legs comfort- Condition detected by the
ably extended, feet on the floor, and occupant classification system "PASS AIR BAG OFF"
SRS warning light
Front passenger
wearing the safety belt properly) for the indicator light air bag
most effective protection by the air bag
and the safety belt. 1. Adult *1 Off Off Activated
The OCS may not function properly if 2. Child*2 or child restraint
On Off Deactivated
the passenger takes actions which can system*3
affect the detection system. These
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
include:
(1) Failing to sit in an upright position. 4. There is a malfunction in the
On On Deactivated
(2) Leaning against the door or center system
console.
*1) The system judges a person of adult
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
size as an adult. When a smaller WARNING
adult sits in the front passenger seat, Riding in an improper position or
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or the system may recognize him/her
resting them on other locations placing weight on the front passen-
as a child depending on his/her ger's seat when it is unoccupied by
which reduce the passenger weight physique and posture.
on the front seat. a passenger adversely affects the
*2) Do not allow children to ride in the occupant classification system
(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt. front passenger seat. When a larger (OCS).
(6) Reclining the seat back. child who has outgrown a child (Continued)
restraint system sits in the front pas-
senger seat, the system may recog-
nize him/her as an adult depending
on his/her physique or posture.
*3) Never install a child restraint system
on the front passenger seat.

3 42
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665


- Never put a heavy load in the - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash-
front passenger seat or seatback towards the front of the seat. board.
pocket.

OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664


- Never place feet on the front pas- - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or center
senger seatback. front passenger seatback. console.
- Never sit on one side of the front
passenger seat.

3 43
Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator is NOTICE


still on, ask the passenger to move to the
The "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator
rear seat.
illuminates for about 4 seconds after the
ignition switch is turned to the ON posi-
WARNING tion or after the engine is started. If the
front passenger seat is occupied, the
Do not allow an adult passenger to occupant classification sensor will then
ride in the front seat when the classify the front passenger after several
PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator is more seconds.
illuminated because the air bag will
not deploy in the event of a crash. If
the "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator
B990A01O remains illuminated after the adult
When an adult is seated in the front pas- passenger repositions themselves
senger seat, if the PASS AIR BAG OFF properly and the car is restarted, it
indicator is on, turn the ignition switch to is recommended that passenger
the LOCK position and ask the passen- move to the rear seat because the
ger to sit properly (sitting upright with the passenger's front air bag will not
seat back in an upright position, centered deploy.
on the seat cushion with their seat belt The "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator
on, legs comfortably extended and their will not change according to the
feet on the floor). Restart the engine and occupants posture after the vehicle
have the person remain in that position has been running for 30 seconds.
for about 30 seconds. This will allow the Front seat passengers must stay
system to detect the person and to properly seated to avoid serious
enable the passenger air bag. injury from a deploying air bag.

3 44
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued)
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front Air bags can only be used once
Even though your vehicle is passenger seat. Don't place any- have an authorized HYUNDAI
equipped with the occupant clas- thing on or attach anything such dealer replace the air bag imme-
sification system, never install a as a blanket or seat heater to the diately after deployment.
child restraint system in the front front passenger seat. This can
passenger's seat. A deploying air A smaller-stature adult who is not
adversely affect the occupant seated correctly (for example:
bag can forcefully strike a child classification system.
resulting in serious injuries or seat excessively reclined, leaning
death. Any child age 12 and Do not sit on sharp objects such on the door or center console, or
under should ride in the rear seat. as tools when occupying the hips shifted forward in the seat)
Children too large for child front passenger seat. This can can cause a condition where the
restraints should use the avail- adversely affect the occupant advanced frontal air bag system
able lap/shoulder belts. No mat- classification system. senses less weight than if the
ter what type of crash, children of Do not use accessory seat cov- occupant were seated properly
all ages are safer when restrained ers on the front seats. (sitting upright with the seatback
in the rear seat. Accident statistics show that in an upright position, centered
children are safer if they are on the seat cushion with their
If the "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indi- seat belt on, legs comfortably
cator is illuminated when the restrained in the rear, as opposed
to the front seat. It is recom- extended and their feet on the
front passenger's seat is occu- floor).
pied by an adult and he/she sits mended that child restraints be
properly (sitting upright with the secured in a rear seat, including This condition can result in an
seatback in an upright position, an infant riding in a rear-facing adult potentially being misclassi-
centered on the seat cushion infant seat, a child riding in a for- fied and illumination of the
with their seat belt on, legs com- ward-facing child seat and an "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator.
fortably extended and their feet older child riding in a booster
on the floor), have that person sit seat.
in the rear seat. (Continued)
(Continued)

3 45
Safety features of your vehicle

Drivers front air bag Passengers front air bag


WARNING
If the occupant classification sys-
tem is not working properly, the
SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate
because the passenger's front air
bag is connected with the occupant
classification system. If there is a
malfunction of the occupant classi-
fication system, the "PASS AIR
BAG OFF" indicator will illuminate
and the passenger's front air bag OBH038026L OBH038027
will not deploy in frontal impact C040400BBH-EU The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
crashes even if there is occupant in Driver's and passenger's front air vehicle's driver and/or the front passen-
the front passenger's seat. If the bag ger with additional protection than that
SRS air bag warning light does not Your vehicle is equipped with a offered by the seat belt system alone in
illuminate when the ignition switch Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System case of a frontal impact of sufficient
is turned to the ON position, and the lap/shoulder belts at both the severity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-
remains illuminated after approxi- driver and passenger seating positions. er information about the driver's and front
mately 6 seconds when the ignition The indications of the system's presence passenger's seat belt usage and impact
switch is turned to the ON position, are the letters "SRS AIR BAG" severity.
or if it illuminates while the vehicle embossed on the air bag pad cover in the
is being driven, have an authorized steering wheel and the passenger's side
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the occu- front panel pad above the glove box.
pant classification system and the
SRS air bag system as soon as
possible. The SRS consists of air bags installed
under the pad covers in the center of the
steering wheel and the passenger's side
front panel above the glove box.

3 46
Safety features of your vehicle

The seat belt buckle sensors determine if Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
WARNING the driver and front passenger's seat with an occupant classification system in
If the occupant classification sys- belts are fastened. These sensors pro- the front passenger's seat. The occupant
tem is not working properly, the vide the ability to control the SRS deploy- classification system detects the pres-
SRS air bag warning light on the ment based on whether or not the seat ence of a passenger in the front passen-
instrument panel will illuminate belts are fastened, and how severe the ger's seat and will turn off the front pas-
because the SRS air bag warning impact is. senger's air bag under certain condi-
light is connected with the occu- tions. For more detail, see "Occupant
pant classification system. If the The advanced SRS offers the ability to classification system" in this section.
SRS air bag warning light does not control the air bag inflation within two lev-
illuminate when the ignition switch els. A first stage level is provided for mod-
is turned to the ON position, erate-severity impacts. A second stage WARNING
remains illuminated after approxi- level is provided for more severe impacts. Do not place any objects under-
mately 6 seconds when the ignition neath the front seats as they could
switch is turned to the ON position, interfere with the occupant classifi-
According to the impact severity, and cation system.
or if it illuminates while the vehicle seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
is being driven, have an authorized Control Module) controls the air bag
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the inflation. Failure to properly wear seat
advanced SRS air bag system as belts can increase the risk or severity of
soon as possible. injury in an accident.

3 47
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)
WARNING WARNING
Move your seat as far back as
If you are considering modification Always use seat belts and child
practical from the front air bags,
of your vehicle due to a disability, restraints every trip, every time,
while still maintaining control of
please contact the Hyundai everyone! Air bags inflate with con-
the vehicle.
Customer Assistance Center at 1- siderable force and in the blink of
800-633-5151. an eye. Seat belts help keep occu- You and your passengers should
pants in proper position to obtain never sit or lean unnecessarily
maximum benefit from the air bag. close to the air bags. Improperly
NOTICE Even with advanced air bags, positioned driver and passengers
improperly belted and unbelted can be severely injured by inflat-
Be sure to read information about the ing air bags.
SRS on the labels provided on the sun occupants can be severely injured
visor. when the air bag inflates. Always Never lean against the door or
Advanced air bags are combined with follow the precautions about seat center console always sit in an
pre-tensioner seat belts to help pro- belts, air bags and occupant safety upright position.
contained in this manual. Do not allow an adult passenger
vide enhanced occupant protection in
frontal crashes. Front air bags are not To reduce the chance of serious or to ride in the front seat when the
intended to deploy in collisions in fatal injuries and receive the maxi- PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator is
which protection can be provided by mum safety benefit from your illuminated, because the air bag
the pre-tensioner seat belt. restraint system: will not deploy in the event of a
Never place a child in any child or moderate or severe frontal crash.
booster seat in the front seat. (Continued)
ABC Always Buckle Children in
the back seat. It is the safest
place for children of any age to
ride.
Front and side air bags can injure
occupants improperly positioned
in the front seats.
(Continued)

3 48
Safety features of your vehicle

Rear impact
(Continued) (Continued)
No objects should be placed over Air bags can only be used once
or near the air bag modules on have an authorized HYUNDAI
the steering wheel, instrument dealer replace the air bag imme-
panel, and the front passenger's diately after deployment.
panel above the glove box, The SRS is designed to deploy
because any such object could the front air bags only when an
cause harm if the vehicle is in a impact is sufficiently severe and
crash severe enough to cause when the impact angle is less OBH038058N
the air bags to deploy. than 30 from the forward longitu- Side impact
Never place covers, blankets or dinal axis of the vehicle.
seat warmers on the passenger Additionally, the air bags will only
seat as these may interfere with deploy once. Seat belts must be
the occupant classification sys- worn at all times.
tem. Front air bags are not intended to
Do not tamper with or disconnect deploy in side-impact, rear-
SRS wiring or other components impact or rollover crashes. In
of the SRS system. Doing so addition, front air bags will not
could result in injury, due to acci- deploy in frontal crashes below OBH038059L
dental deployment of the air bags the deployment threshold. Rollover
or by rendering the SRS inopera- (Continued)
tive.
If the SRS air bag warning light
remains illuminated while the
vehicle is being driven, have an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
(Continued) OBH038062

3 49
Safety features of your vehicle

Front
(Continued) (Continued)
Even though your vehicle is Sitting improperly or out of posi-
equipped with the occupant clas- tion can result in serious or fatal
sification system, do not install a injury in a crash. All occupants
child restraint system in the front should sit upright with the seat-
passenger seat position. A child back in an upright position, cen-
restraint system must never be tered on the seat cushion with
placed in the front seat.The infant their seat belt on, legs comfort-
or child could be severely injured ably extended and their feet on
OBH038028
or killed by an air bag deployment the floor until the vehicle is Rear (if equipped)
in case of an accident. parked and the ignition key is
Children age 12 and under must removed.
always be properly restrained in The SRS air bag system must
the rear seat. Never allow chil- deploy very rapidly to provide
dren to ride in the front passen- protection in a crash. If an occu-
ger seat. If a child over 12 must pant is out of position because of
be seated in the front seat, he or not wearing a seat belt, the air
she must be properly belted and bag may forcefully contact the
the seat should be moved as far occupant causing serious or fatal
back as possible. OBH038056
injuries.
For maximum safety protection in
all types of crashes, all occu-
pants including the driver should
always wear their seat belts
whether or not an air bag is also
provided at their seating position
to minimize the risk of severe
injury or death in the event of a
crash. Do not sit or lean unneces-
sarily close to the air bag while OBH031050N
the vehicle is in motion. C040600ABH-EU
(Continued) Side impact air bag (if equipped)

3 50
Safety features of your vehicle

Your vehicle is equipped with a side


(Continued)
impact air bag in each front and outboard WARNING
rear seat. The purpose of the air bag is to Do not install any accessories on
The side impact air bag is sup- the side or near the side impact
provide the vehicle's driver and/or the plemental to the seat belt sys-
front and outboard rear passenger with air bag.
tems and is not a substitute for
additional protection than that offered by them. Therefore your seat belts Do not place any objects over the
the seat belt alone. must be worn at all times while air bag or between the air bag
The side impact air bags are designed to the vehicle is in motion. The air and yourself.
deploy only during certain side-impact bags deploy only in certain side Do not place any objects (an
collisions, depending on the crash sever- impact conditions severe enough umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
ity, angle, speed and point of impact. The to cause significant injury to the door and the seat. Such objects
side impact air bags are not designed to vehicle occupants. may become dangerous projec-
deploy in all side impact situations. For best protection from the side tiles and cause injury if the sup-
impact air bag system and to plemental side impact air bag
avoid being injured by the inflates.
WARNING deploying side impact air bag, all To prevent unexpected deploy-
Do not allow the passengers to lean seat occupants should sit in an ment of the side impact air bag
their heads or bodies onto doors, upright position with the seat belt that may result in personal injury,
put their arms on the doors, stretch properly fastened. The driver's avoid impact to the side impact
their arms out of the window, or hands should be placed on the sensor when the ignition switch
place objects between the doors steering wheel at the 9:00 and is on.
and passengers when they are 3:00 positions. The passengers' If the seat or seat cover is dam-
seated on seats equipped with side arms and hands should be aged, have the vehicle checked
and/or curtain air bags. placed on their laps. and repaired by an authorized
Do not use any accessory seat HYUNDAI dealer because your
covers. vehicle is equipped with side
Use of seat covers could reduce impact air bags and an occupant
or prevent the effectiveness of classification system.
the system.
(Continued)

3 51
Safety features of your vehicle

The curtain air bags are designed to


deploy only during certain side impact (Continued)
collisions, depending on the crash sever- When children are seated in the
ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtain rear outboard seats, they must be
air bags are not designed to deploy in all seated in the proper child
side impact situations, collisions from the restraint system. Make sure to
front or rear of the vehicle or in most position the child restraint sys-
rollover situations. tem as far away from the door
side as possible, and secure the
child restraint system in a locked
WARNING position.
OBH038051N In order for side and curtain air Do not allow the passengers to
bags to provide the best protec- lean their heads or bodies onto
tion, both front seat occupants doors, put their arms on the
and both outboard rear occu- doors, stretch their arms out of
pants should sit in an upright the window, or place objects
position with the seat belts prop- between the doors and passen-
erly fastened. Importantly, chil- gers when they are seated on
dren should sit in a proper child seats equipped with side and/or
restraint system in the rear seat. curtain air bags.
(Continued) Never try to open or repair any
components of the side curtain
OBH031052N air bag system. This should only
be done by an authorized
C040700AEN
HYUNDAI dealer.
Curtain air bag Failure to follow the above instruc-
Curtain air bags are located along both tions can result in injury or death to
sides of the roof rails above the front and the vehicle occupants in an acci-
rear doors. dent.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants and
the rear outboard seat occupants in cer-
tain side impact collisions.

3 52
Safety features of your vehicle

C040800ABH
Why didnt my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expect-
ed to provide additional protection.
These include rear impacts, second or
third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed
impacts. In other words, just because
your vehicle is damaged and even if it
is totally unusable, dont be surprised
that the air bags did not inflate.

1 2 3 4

OBH032032/OBH038033/OBH032034L/OBH032035/OBH038036
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module (3) Side impact sensor (front)
(2) Front impact sensor (4) Side impact sensor (rear, if equipped)

3 53
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)
WARNING
Problems may arise if the sensor
Do not hit or allow any objects to installation angles are changed
impact the locations where air due to the deformation of the
bags or sensors are installed. front bumper, body or B and C pil-
This may cause unexpected air lars where side collision sensors
bag deployment, which could are installed. Have the vehicle
result in serious personal injury checked and repaired by an
or death. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the installation location or Your vehicle has been designed
angle of the sensors is altered in to absorb impact and deploy the
any way, the air bags may deploy air bag(s) in certain collisions.
when they should not or they may OBH038053
Installing bumper guards or
not deploy when they should, C040801AEN
replacing a bumper with non-gen-
causing severe injury or death. uine parts may adversely affect Air bag inflation conditions
Therefore, do not try to perform your vehicles collision and air Front air bags
maintenance on or around the air bag deployment performance. Front air bags are designed to inflate in a
bag sensors. Have the vehicle frontal collision depending on the intensi-
checked and repaired by an ty, speed or angles of impact of the front
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. collision.
(Continued)

3 54
Safety features of your vehicle

Although the drivers and front passen-


gers air bags are designed to inflate only
in frontal collisions, they also may inflate
in other types of collisions if the front
impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact. Side impact and curtain air bags
are designed to inflate only in side impact
collisions, but they may inflate in other
collisions if the side impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
OBH038059L
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully OBH038057
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not C040802AEN
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent Air bag non-inflation conditions
unintended air bag deployment.
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts
in such collisions.
OBH031055N
Side impact and curtain air bags
Side impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a side
impact collision.

3 55
Safety features of your vehicle

OBH038058 OBH038059L OBH038060


Frontal air bags are not designed to Front air bags may not inflate in side In an angled collision, the force of
inflate in rear collisions, because occu- impact collisions, because occupants impact may direct the occupants in a
pants are moved backward by the move to the direction of the collision, direction where the air bags would not
force of the impact. In this case, inflat- and thus in side impacts, frontal air bag be able to provide any additional bene-
ed air bags would not be able to pro- deployment would not provide addi- fit, and thus the sensors may not
vide any additional benefit. tional occupant protection. deploy any air bags.
However, side impact and curtain air
bags may inflate depending on the
intensity, vehicle speed and angles of
impact.

3 56
Safety features of your vehicle

OBH038061 OBH038062 OBH038063


Just before impact, drivers often brake Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci- Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the dents because air bag deployment collides with objects such as utility
front portion of the vehicle causing it to would not provide protection to the poles or trees, where the point of
ride under a vehicle with a higher occupants. impact is concentrated to one area and
ground clearance. Air bags may not However, side impact and curtain air the full force of the impact is not deliv-
inflate in this "under-ride" situation bags may inflate when the vehicle is ered to the sensors.
because deceleration forces that are rolled over by a side impact collision, if
detected by sensors may be signifi- the vehicle is equipped with side
cantly reduced by such under-ride impact air bags and curtain air bags.
collisions.

3 57
Safety features of your vehicle

C041100BBH
(Continued)
SRS Care WARNING
If the air bags inflate, they must
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free Modification to SRS components
be replaced by an authorized
and there are no parts you can safely or wiring, including the addition
of any kind of badges to the pad HYUNDAI dealer.
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
covers or modifications to the Do not tamper with or disconnect
warning light " " does not illuminate,
body structure, can adversely SRS wiring, or other components
when you turn the ignition on, or continu-
affect SRS performance and lead of the SRS system. Doing so
ously remains on, have your vehicle
to possible injury. could result in injury, due to acci-
immediately inspected by an authorized
For cleaning the air bag pad cov- dental inflation of the air bags or
HYUNDAI dealer.
ers, use only a soft, dry cloth or by rendering the SRS inopera-
one which has been moistened tive.
Any work on the SRS system, such as with plain water. Solvents or If components of the air bag sys-
removing, installing, repairing, or any cleaners could adversely affect tem must be discarded, or if the
work on the steering wheel, the front the air bag covers and proper vehicle must be scrapped, certain
passenger's panel, front seats and roof deployment of the system. safety precautions must be
rails must be performed by an authorized No objects should be placed over observed. An authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of or near the air bag modules on the HYUNDAI dealer knows these
the SRS system may result in serious steering wheel, instrument panel, precautions and can give you the
personal injury. and the front passenger's panel necessary information. Failure to
above the glove box, because any follow these precautions and pro-
such object could cause harm if the cedures could increase the risk
vehicle is in a crash severe enough of personal injury.
to cause the air bags to inflate. If your car was flooded and has
(Continued) soaked carpeting or water on the
flooring, you shouldn't try to start
the engine; have the car towed to
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3 58
Safety features of your vehicle

C041300ABH Keep occupants away from the air


Additional safety precautions bag covers. All occupants should sit WARNING
All occupants should sit upright, fully upright, fully back in their seats with Sitting improperly or out of posi-
back in their seats with their seat belts their seat belts on and their feet on the tion can cause occupants to be
on and their feet on the floor. floor. If occupants are too close to the shifted too close to a deploying
Passengers should not move out of air bag covers, they could be injured if air bag, strike the interior struc-
or change seats while the vehicle is the air bags inflate. ture or be thrown from the vehicle
moving. A passenger who is not wear- Do not attach or place objects on or resulting in serious injury or
ing a seat belt during a crash or emer- near the air bag covers. Any object death.
gency stop can be thrown against the attached to or placed on the front or Always sit upright with the seat-
inside of the vehicle, against other side air bag covers could interfere with back in an upright position, cen-
occupants, or out of the vehicle. the proper operation of the air bags. tered on the seat cushion with
Each seat belt is designed to Do not modify the front seats. your seat belt on, legs comfort-
restrain one occupant. If more than Modification of the front seats could ably extended and your feet on
one person uses the same seat belt, interfere with the operation of the sup- the floor.
they could be seriously injured or killed plemental restraint system sensing
in a collision. components or side air bags.
Do not use any accessories on seat Do not place items under the front C041400AUN
belts. Devices claiming to improve seats. Placing items under the front Adding equipment to or modifying
occupant comfort or reposition the seat seats could interfere with the operation your air bag-equipped vehicle
belt can reduce the protection provided of the supplemental restraint system If you modify your vehicle by changing
by the seat belt and increase the sensing components and wiring har- your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
chance of serious injury in a crash. nesses. front end or side sheet metal or ride
Passengers should not place hard Never hold an infant or child on your height, this may affect the operation of
or sharp objects between them- lap. The infant or child could be seri- your vehicle's air bag system.
selves and the air bags. Carrying ously injured or killed in the event of a
hard or sharp objects on your lap or in crash. All infants and children should
your mouth can result in injuries if an be properly restrained in appropriate
air bag inflates. child safety seats or seat belts in the
rear seat.

3 59
Safety features of your vehicle

3 (if equipped)

OBH038047/OBH038048/OBH038049/OBH038065

C041200AUN-EU
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert
the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

3 60
Keys / 4-3
Smart key / 4-6
Remote keyless entry / 4-11
Theft-alarm system / 4-14
Door locks / 4-16
Trunk / 4-20
Windows / 4-23
Hood / 4-27

Features of your vehicle 4


Fuel filler lid / 4-28
Sunroof / 4-31
Driver position memory system / 4-34
Steering wheel / 4-37
Mirrors / 4-39
Instrument cluster / 4-48
Parking assist system / 4-72
Rear view camera / 4-76
Hazard warning flasher / 4-76
Lighting / 4-77
Wipers and washers / 4-82
Interior light / 4-85
Defroster / 4-88
Automatic climate control system / 4-89
Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-101
Storage compartments / 4-104
Interior features / 4-106
Audio system / 4-115

4 Features of your vehicle


Features of your vehicle

KEYS (FOR CANADA)


D010200ABH
Key operations WARNING
Master key Use only HYUNDAI original parts
Used to start the engine, lock and for the ignition key in your vehicle.
unlock the doors, lock and unlock the If an aftermarket key is used, the
glove box, and open the trunk. ignition switch may not return to
Sub key ON after START. If this happens,
Used only to start the engine and lock the starter will continue to operate
and unlock the door. causing damage to the starter
motor and possible fire due to
excessive current in the wiring.
WARNING - Ignition key
OBH048226 Leaving children unattended in a
D010100AEN vehicle with the ignition key is dan-
Record your key number gerous even if the key is not in the
ignition switch. Children copy
The key code number is stamped on the
adults and they could place the key
bar code tag attached to the key set.
in the ignition switch. The ignition
Should you lose your keys, this number
key would enable children to oper-
will enable an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
ate power windows or other con-
er to duplicate the keys easily. Remove
trols, or even make the vehicle
the bar code tag and store it in a safe
move, which could result in serious
place. Also, record the code number and
bodily injury or even death. Never
keep it in a safe place (not in the vehicle).
leave the keys in your vehicle with
unsupervised children.

4 3
Features of your vehicle

Trunk locking D010300CBH-EU


To activate the trunk lock system so that Immobilizer system
the trunk can only be opened with the Your vehicle is equipped with an elec-
master key, perform the following: tronic engine immobilizer system to
1. Open the glove box by pushing the reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle
button (1). use.
2. Set the trunk lid control button to OFF Your immobilizer system is comprised of
position (not depressed). a small transponder in the ignition key
3. Close the glove box and lock the glove and electronic devices inside the vehicle.
box with the master key. With the immobilizer system, whenever
you insert your ignition key into the igni-
When leaving the key with a parking lot tion switch and turn it to ON, it checks
OBH049016
attendant or valet, perform steps 1 to 3 and determines and verifies if the ignition
D010400ABH key is valid or not.
above and leave the sub key with the
Trunk lock system attendent. The sub key can start the If the key is determined to be valid, the
The trunk lid control button located in the engine and operate door locks only. engine will start.
vehicle glove box is used to prevent If the key is determined to be invalid, the
unauthorized access to the trunk. Lock release engine will not start.
To release the trunk lock feature, open
the glove box with the master key and set To deactivate the immobilizer sys-
the trunk lid control button to ON position tem:
(depressed). In this position the trunk will Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-
open with the trunk lid release lever or der and turn it to the ON position.
transmitter. The trunk can never be
opened with the sub key. To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.
The immobilizer system activates auto-
matically. Without a valid ignition key for
your vehicle, the engine will not start.

4 4
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE This device complies with Part 15 of


WARNING If you need additional keys or lose your the FCC rules.
In order to prevent theft of your keys, consult an authorized HYUNDAI Operation is subject to the following two
vehicle, do not leave spare keys dealer. conditions:
anywhere in your vehicle. Your 1. This device may not cause harmful
Immobilizer password is a cus- interference, and
tomer unique password and should CAUTION
2. This device must accept any interfer-
be kept confidential. Do not leave The transponder in your ignition ence received, including interference
this number anywhere in your vehi- key is an important part of the that may cause undesired operation.
cle. immobilizer system. It is designed
to give years of trouble-free service,
however you should avoid expo- WARNING
NOTICE sure to moisture, static electricity Changes or modifications not
When starting the engine, do not use the and rough handling. Immobilizer expressly approved by the party
key with other immobilizer keys around. system malfunction could occur. responsible for compliance could
Otherwise the engine may not start or void the users authority to operate
may stop soon after it starts. Keep each the equipment.
key separate in order to avoid a starting CAUTION
malfunction.
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it
CAUTION could cause the immobilizer sys-
Do not put metal accessories near tem to malfunction and should only
the ignition switch. be serviced by an authorized
The engine may not start because HYUNDAI dealer.
the metal accessories may interrupt Malfunctions caused by improper
the transponder signal from trans- alterations, adjustments or modifi-
mitting normally. cations to the immobilizer system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.

4 5
Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY
D040100ABH
Smart key functions
With the smart key, you can lock and
unlock the vehicle doors (and trunk), and
the smart key enables starting of the
engine as well. Detailed information fol-
lows:

OTG040001 OBH048002
D040000ABH D040101ABH
With a smart key, you can lock or unlock Locking
a door (and trunk) and even start the Pressing the button in the front outside
engine without inserting the key. door handles with all doors (and trunk)
The functions of buttons on a smart key closed and any door unlocked, locks all
are similar to the remote keyless entry. the doors (and trunk). The hazard warn-
(Refer to the Remote keyless entry in ing lights blink and the chime sounds
this section.) once to indicate that all doors (and trunk)
are locked. The button will only operate
when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m
(28~40 in.) from the outside door handle.
If you want to make sure that a door has
been locked or not, you should check the
door lock button inside the vehicle or pull
the outside door handle.

4 6
Features of your vehicle

Even though you press the outside door When the smart key is recognized in the D040103ABH-EU
handle buttons, the doors will not lock area of 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the front Trunk unlocking
and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if outside door handle, other people can When all doors are locked if you are with-
any of following occur: also open the doors without possession in 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside
The smart key is in the vehicle. of the smart key. trunk handle, with your smart key in your
The ignition switch is in ACC or ON possession, the trunk will unlock when
you press the trunk handle switch.
position. NOTICE
Any door, except the trunk, is open. The hazard warning lights will blink twice
You can change the system to unlock all to indicate that the trunk is unlocked.
doors by pushing the button once in the Also, once the trunk is opened and then
D040102BBH-EU driver's outside door handle. If you
Unlocking closed, the trunk will be locked automati-
want this feature (central door unlock cally.
Press the button in the drivers outside mode), perform the following:
door handle with all doors (and trunk)
closed and locked, to unlock the drivers Unlock mode conversion (two stage D040104ABH
door. The hazard warning lights blink and unlock mode central door unlock Start-up
the chime sounds twice to indicate that mode) (if equipped) You can start the engine without inserting
the drivers door is unlocked. All doors the key. For detailed information refer to
(and trunk) are unlocked if the button is The unlock mode is changed alternately the Engine start/stop button in section
pressed once more within 4 seconds. by pressing the lock button and unlock 5.
The hazard warning lights will blink and button on the smart key at the same
the chime will sound twice to indicate that time for 4 seconds or more. The hazard
all doors (and trunk) are unlocked. warning lights will blink four times to
Press the button in the front passengers indicate that the mode conversion is
outside door handle with all doors (and completed.
trunk) closed and locked, to unlock all
doors (and trunk). The hazard warning
lights blink and the chime sounds twice
to indicate that all doors (and trunk) are
unlocked. The button will only operate
when the smart key is within 28~40 in.
(0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.

4 7
Features of your vehicle

D040300AEN-EU This device complies with Part 15 of


Smart key precautions CAUTION the FCC rules.
NOTICE Keep the smart key away from Operation is subject to the following two
water or any liquid. If the keyless conditions:
If, for some reason, you happen to lose entry system is inoperative due to 1. This device may not cause harmful
your smart key, you will not be able to exposure to water or other liquids, interference, and
start the engine. Tow the vehicle, if it will not be covered by your manu-
necessary, and contact an authorized 2. This device must accept any interfer-
facturers vehicle warranty. ence received, including interference
HYUNDAI dealer.
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be that may cause undesired operation.
registered to a single vehicle. If you
lose a smart key, you should immedi- WARNING
ately take the vehicle and key to your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer to pro- Changes or modifications not
tect it from potential theft. expressly approved by the party
The smart key will not work if any of responsible for compliance could
following occur: void the users authority to operate
- The smart key is close to a radio the equipment. If the keyless entry
transmitter such as a radio station or system is inoperative due to
an airport which can interfere with changes or modifications not
normal operation of the smart key. expressly approved by the party
- You keep the smart key near a responsible for compliance, it will
mobile two-way radio system or a not be covered by your manufactur-
cellular phone. ers vehicle warranty.
- Another vehicles smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door with
the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the smart key, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4 8
Features of your vehicle

When leaving your keys with a parking lot


attendant or valet, perform steps 1 to 4
above, remove the mechanical key from
the smart key and leave the smart key
with the attendant. In this manner the
smart key can only be used to start the
engine and operate door locks.

Lock release
To release the trunk lock feature, open
the glove box with the mechanical key
and set the trunk lid control button to ON
OBH048016 OTG040002 position (depressed). In this position the
D040600ABH Trunk locking trunk will open with the trunk lid release
Trunk lock system To activate the trunk lock system so that lever or smart key.
The trunk lid control button located in the the trunk can only be opened with the
vehicle glove box is used to prevent mechanical key, perform the following:
unauthorized access to the trunk. 1. Depress and hold the release button
(1) and remove the mechanical key (2).
(To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until a
click sound is heard.)
2. Open the glove box.
3. Set the trunk lid control button to OFF
position (not depressed).
4. Close and lock the glove box using the
mechanical key.

4 9
Features of your vehicle

1. Pry open the rear cover of the smart


key. WARNING
2. Replace the battery with a new battery An inappropriately disposed bat-
(CR2032). When replacing the battery, tery can be harmful to the environ-
make sure the battery positive + sym- ment and human health.
bol faces up as indicated in the illus- Dispose the battery according to
tration. your local law(s) or regulation.
3. Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.

NOTICE
OBH048004 Using the wrong battery can cause the
D040500BBH smart key to malfunction. Be sure to
Battery replacement use the correct battery.
Circuits inside the smart key may
A smart key battery should last for sever- develop problems when dropped,
al years, but if the smart key is not work- exposed to moisture or static electrici-
ing properly, try replacing the battery with ty.
a new one. If you are unsure how to use If you suspect that your smart key
your smart key or replace the battery, might have sustained some damage,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. or you feel your smart key is not
working correctly, contact an author-
NOTICE ized HYUNDAI dealer.
The circuit inside the smart key can
have a problem if exposed to moisture
or static electricity. If you are unsure
how to use your smart key or replace the
battery, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

4 10
Features of your vehicle

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY


Type A However, if any door (or trunk) remains NOTICE
open, the hazard warning lights and the
You can change the system to unlock all
chime will not operate. If all doors (and
doors by pressing the unlock button
trunk) are closed after the lock button is
once on the smart key. If you want this
pressed, the hazard warning lights blink.
feature (central door unlock mode), per-
form the following:
D020102ABH-EU
Unlock (2) Unlock mode conversion (two stage
The driver's door is unlocked if the unlock unlock mode central door unlock
OBH048207
button is pressed once. The hazard mode) - smart key only (if equipped)
Type B warning lights will blink twice to indicate
that the driver's door is unlocked. The unlock mode is changed alternately
All doors (and trunk) are unlocked if the by pressing the lock button and unlock
unlock button is pressed once more with- button on the smart key at the same
in 4 seconds. The hazard warning lights time for 4 seconds or more. The hazard
will blink and the chime will sound twice warning lights will blink four times to
again to indicate that all doors (and indicate that the mode conversion is
trunk) are unlocked. completed.
After depressing this button, the doors
D020104BBH-EU
(and trunk) will be locked automatically
OTG040001A unless you open any door within 30 sec- Trunk unlock (3)
onds. The trunk is unlocked if the button is
Remote keyless entry system
pressed for more than 1 second when all
operations doors are locked.
D020101ABH-EU The hazard warning lights will blink twice
Lock (1) to indicate that the trunk is unlocked.
All doors (and trunk) are locked if the lock Also, once the trunk is opened and then
button is pressed. closed, the trunk will be locked automati-
The hazard warning lights blink and the cally.
chime sounds once to indicate that all
doors (and trunk) are locked.

4 11
Features of your vehicle

D020105ABH D020200AEN-EU This device complies with Part 15 of


Alarm (4) Transmitter precautions the FCC rules.
The horn sounds and hazard warning NOTICE Operation is subject to the following two
lights flash for about 30 seconds if this conditions:
The transmitter will not work if any of
button is pressed for more than 0.5 sec- 1. This device may not cause harmful
following occur:
ond. To stop the horn and lights, press interference, and
The ignition key is in ignition switch.
any button on the transmitter (or the 2. This device must accept any interfer-
You exceed the operating distance
smart key). ence received, including interference
limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).
The battery in the transmitter is that may cause undesired operation.
weak.
Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal. WARNING
The weather is extremely cold. Changes or modifications not
The transmitter is close to a radio expressly approved by the party
transmitter such as a radio station or responsible for compliance could
an airport which can interfere with void the users authority to operate
normal operation of the transmitter. the equipment. If the keyless entry
When the transmitter does not work system is inoperative due to
correctly, open and close the door with changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
the ignition key. If you have a problem
responsible for compliance, it will
with the transmitter, contact an author- not be covered by your manufactur-
ized HYUNDAI dealer. ers vehicle warranty.

CAUTION
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid. If the keyless
entry system is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will
not be covered by your manufactur-
ers vehicle warranty.

4 12
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION
The keyless entry system trans-
mitter is designed to give you
years of trouble-free use, howev-
er it can malfunction if exposed to
moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use your
transmitter or replace the battery,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Using the wrong battery can
OBH040004 cause the transmitter to malfunc-
D020300BBH tion. Be sure to use the correct
Battery replacement battery.
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat- To avoid damaging the transmit-
tery which will normally last for several ter, don't drop it, get it wet, or
years. When replacement is necessary, expose it to heat or sunlight.
use the following procedure.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-
tly pry open the transmitter center WARNING
cover. An inappropriately disposed bat-
2. Replace the battery with a new battery tery can be harmful to the environ-
(CR2032). When replacing the battery, ment and human health.
make sure the battery positive + sym- Dispose the battery according to
bol faces up. your local law(s) or regulation.
3. Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.

For replacement transmitters, see an


authorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmit-
ter reprogramming.

4 13
Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
D030100BBH If any door, trunk lid or engine hood
Armed stage remains open, the hazard warning
Park the car and stop the engine. Arm lights wont operate and theft-alarm
Armed the system as described below. will not arm. To arm the system close
stage all the doors, trunk lid and engine
1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-
tion switch or turn off the engine. hood, and try again to lock the doors.
2. Make sure that all doors, the engine
hood and trunk lid are closed and NOTICE
Disarmed Theft-alarm latched. If you set the vehicle to key Activates
stage stage
3. Lock the doors by depressing the Alarm in the INFO menu of DIS
door lock button on the transmitter (Driver Information System, if
(or smart key). equipped), the system can also be armed
After completion of the steps above, by locking the doors with the key from
D030000AEN the hazard warning lights will blink the front doors; however, the hazard
This system is designed to provide pro- once to indicate that the system is warning lights will not blink using this
tection from unauthorized entry into the armed. method.
car. This system is operated in three If any door, trunk lid or engine hood Detailed information is described in the
stages: the first is the "Armed" stage, the remains open, the hazard warning DIS manual supplied separately.
second is the "Theft-alarm" stage, and lights wont operate and theft-alarm
the third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig- will not arm. After this, if all doors,
gered, the system provides an audible trunk lid and engine hood are closed,
alarm with blinking of the hazard warning the hazard warning lights blink once.
lights.
Lock the doors by pressing the button
in the front outside door handles with
the smart key in your possession.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that the system is
armed.

4 14
Features of your vehicle

Do not arm the system until all pas- D020106ABH NOTICE


sengers have left the vehicle. If the Opening the trunk with the alarm Avoid trying to start the engine while
system is armed while a passenger(s) armed (if equipped) the alarm is activated. The vehicle
remains in the vehicle, the alarm may When the alarm is armed, the alarm will starter motor is disabled during the
be activated when the remaining pas- not sound if the trunk lid is opened with theft-alarm stage.
senger(s) leave the vehicle. If any the transmitter (or the smart key). If the system is not disarmed with the
door (or trunk) or engine hood is transmitter, insert the key into the
opened within 30 seconds after the Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will be locked automati- ignition switch, turn the ignition
system enters the armed stage, the switch to the ON position and wait for
system is disarmed to prevent an cally and the system will be armed again.
Also, if any of the doors or hood is 30 seconds. Then the system will be
unnecessary alarm. disarmed. (for Canada)
opened while the trunk lid open and the
alarm armed, the alarm will sound. If you lose your keys, consult your
D030200ABH-EU authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Theft-alarm stage D030400ABH-EE
The alarm will be activated if any of the Disarmed stage
following occurs while the system is CAUTION
armed. The system will be disarmed when the Do not change, alter or adjust the
A door is opened without using the doors are unlocked with the transmitter theft-alarm system because it could
transmitter (or smart key). (or smart key). cause the theft-alarm system to
After depressing the unlock button, the malfunction. The system should
The trunk is opened without using the
hazard warning lights will blink and the only be serviced by an authorized
transmitter (or smart key).
chime will sound twice to indicate that the HYUNDAI dealer.
The engine hood is opened. system is disarmed. Malfunctions caused by improper
The horn will sound and the hazard After depressing the unlock button, if any alterations, adjustments or modifi-
warning lights will blink continuously for door (or trunk) is not opened within 30 cations to the theft-alarm system
approximately 30 seconds, and the alarm seconds, the system will be rearmed. are not covered by your vehicle
will repeat once more unless the system manufacturer warranty.
is disarmed. To turn off the system,
unlock the doors with the ignition key or
transmitter.

4 15
Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS
Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter (or smart
key).
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door
Unlock
Lock by hand. Make sure that doors are
closed securely.

NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door locks
OBH048006
and door mechanisms may not work OBH048007N
properly due to freezing conditions.
D050100ABH-EU To lock a door without the key, push the
If the door is locked/unlocked multi-
Operating door locks from out- ple times in rapid succession with inside door lock button (1) or central
side the vehicle either the vehicle key or door lock door lock switch (2) to the Lock posi-
Turn the key toward the rear of the switch, the system may stop operating tion and close the door (3).
vehicle to unlock and toward the front temporarily in order to protect the If you lock the door with the central
of the vehicle to lock. circuit and prevent damage to system door lock switch (2), all vehicle doors
If you lock the door with a key, all vehi- components. will lock automatically.
cle doors will lock automatically.
From the drivers door, turn the key to NOTICE
the right once to unlock the drivers WARNING Always remove the ignition key, engage
door and once more within 4 seconds If you don't close the door the parking brake, close all windows
to unlock all doors. securely, the door may open and lock all doors when leaving your
If your vehicle is equipped with a smart again. vehicle unattended.
key, you can change the system to Be careful that someone's body
unlock all doors by turning the key to and hands are not trapped when
the right once. If you want this feature closing the door.
(central door unlock mode), refer to the
"Smart key or Remote keyless entry" in
this section.
4 16
Features of your vehicle

Front doors cannot be locked if the Drivers door


ignition key is in the ignition switch (or
if the smart key is in the vehicle) and
any door is open.

Unlock
Lock WARNING - Door lock mal-
function
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the vehi-
cle, try one or more of the following
techniques to exit: OBH048009N
Front passengers door
OBH048008 Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
Operating door locks from inside manual) while simultaneously
the vehicle pulling on the door handle.
D050201BBH-EE Operate the other door locks and
With the door lock button handles, front and rear.
To unlock a door, push the door lock Lower a front window and use the
button (1) to the Unlock position. The key to unlock the door from out-
red mark (2) on the door lock button side.
will be visible.
To lock a door, push the door lock but- OBH048010
ton (1) to the Lock position. If the door D050202BBH-EU
is locked properly, the red mark (2) on With central door lock switch
the door lock button will not be visible. Operate by depressing the central door
To open a door, pull the door handle lock switch.
(3) outward.
If the inner door handle of the drivers
(or front passengers) door is pulled
when the door lock button is in lock
position, the button is unlocked and
door opens.
4 17
Features of your vehicle

When pushing down on the front por- D050300AAM-EE


tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors WARNING - Unlocked Impact sensing door unlock system
will lock. vehicles (if equipped)
When pushing down on the rear por- Leaving your vehicle unlocked can In the event of air bag deployment result-
tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors invite theft or possible harm to you ing from a vehicle impact, all doors will
will unlock. or others from someone hiding in automatically unlock.
If the key is in the ignition switch or the your vehicle while you are gone.
smart key is in the vehicle, and any Always remove the ignition key, D050400ABH-EU
door is open, the doors will not lock engage the parking brake, close all
even though the front portion (1) of windows and lock all doors when Speed sensing door lock system
central door lock switch is pressed. leaving your vehicle unattended. (if equipped)
All doors will be automatically locked
when the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph
WARNING - Doors (15 km/h). And all doors will be automat-
The doors should always be fully WARNING - Unattended ically unlocked after you turn the engine
closed and locked while the vehi- children off or when you remove the ignition key.
cle is in motion to prevent acci- An enclosed vehicle can become (if equipped)
dental opening of the door. extremely hot, causing death or
Locked doors will also discour- severe injury to unattended chil-
age potential intruders when the dren or animals who cannot escape
vehicle stops or traveling slowly. the vehicle. Furthermore, children
Be careful when opening doors might operate features of the vehi-
and watch for vehicles, motorcy- cle that could injure them, or they
cles, bicycles or pedestrians could encounter other harm, possi-
approaching the vehicle in the bly from someone gaining entry to
path of the door. Opening a door the vehicle. Never leave children or
when something is approaching animals unattended in your vehicle.
can cause damage or injury.

4 18
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE 3. Close the rear door.


You can activate or deactivate some auto To open the rear door, pull the outside
door lock/unlock features in the INFO door handle.
menu of DIS (Driver Information Even though the doors may be unlocked,
System, if equipped) as follows; the rear door will not open by pulling the
Speed sensing auto door lock inner door handle (2) until the rear door
Auto door unlock by unlocking the child safety lock is unlocked ( ).
driver's door
Auto door unlock when the ignition
key is removed from the ignition WARNING - Rear door
switch or the smart key is removed locks
from the smart key holder. If children accidentally open the
Auto door lock/unlock by shifting the OBH048011 rear doors while the vehicle is in
transmission shift lever out of P motion, they could fall out of the
D050500ABH
(Park) or into P (Park) vehicle, resulting in severe injury or
If you want to activate or deactivate Child-protector rear door lock death. To prevent children from
some door lock/unlock feature, refer to The child safety lock is provided to help opening the rear doors from the
the DIS manual (if equipped) supplied prevent children from accidentally open- inside, the rear door safety locks
separately. ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle. should be used whenever children
The rear door safety locks should be are in the vehicle.
used whenever children are in the vehi-
cle.
1. Open the rear door.
2. Push the child safety lock (1) located
on the rear edge of the door to the lock
( ) position. When the child safety
lock is in the lock position, the rear
door will not open even when the inner
door handle is pulled.

4 19
Features of your vehicle

TRUNK

Type A CAUTION
Make certain that you close the
trunk before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
trunk lift cylinders and attached
hardware if the trunk is not closed
Type B prior to driving.

OBH048012L OBH048013
D070100ABH-EE To open the trunk from inside the vehi-
Opening the trunk cle pull the trunk lid release lever.
The trunk is locked or unlocked when
all doors are locked or unlocked with NOTICE
the key, transmitter (or smart key) or In cold and wet climates, trunk locks
central door lock switch. and trunk mechanisms may not work
To open the trunk only while all doors properly due to freezing conditions.
are locked, press the trunk unlock but-
ton for more than 1 second on the
transmitter (or smart key), press the WARNING
button on the trunk handle with the Make sure no objects or people are
smart key in your possession, or insert near the rear of the vehicle when
the master key (or mechanical key of opening the trunk.
the smart key) into the lock and turn it
clockwise.
Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk is locked automatically.
If the trunk is unlocked, it can be
opened by pulling the handle up.
4 20
Features of your vehicle

D070200ABH
Closing the trunk WARNING
To close, lower the trunk lid, then press No one should be allowed to
down on it until it locks. To be sure the occupy the trunk of the vehicle at
trunk lid is securely fastened, always any time. If the trunk is partially
check by trying to pull it up. or totally latched and the person
is unable to get out, severe injury
or death could occur due to lack
WARNING of ventilation, exhaust fumes and
The trunk lid should be always kept rapid heat build-up, or because of
completely closed while the vehicle exposure to cold weather condi-
is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, tions. The trunk is also a highly
poisonous exhaust gases may OBH048014 dangerous location in the event
enter the car and serious illness or D070300ABH of a crash because it is not a pro-
death may result. tected occupant space but is a
Emergency trunk safety release
part of the vehicles crush zone.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emer-
Your vehicle should be kept
gency trunk release cable located inside
locked and keys be kept out of
the trunk. The lever glows in the dark
the reach of children. Parents
when the trunk lid is closed. If someone
should teach their children about
is inadvertently locked in the trunk,
the dangers of playing in trunks.
pulling this handle will release the trunk
latch mechanism and open the trunk.

4 21
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE
Close the trunk, and keep the trunk lid
control button in the OFF (not
depressed) position before washing the
vehicle in an automatic car wash.

OBH048021
D070403ABH-EU
Trunk lid control button
The trunk lid control button located in the
vehicle glove box is used to prevent
unauthorized access to the trunk.
When the trunk lid control button is ON
(depressed), the trunk can be unlocked
with the trunk lid release lever and the
transmitter (or smart key).
When the trunk lid control button is
OFF (not depressed), the trunk can be
unlocked with the master key (or the
mechanical key of the smart key) only.

4 22
Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS
D080000AEN
(1) Drivers door power window switch
(2) Front passengers door power win-
dow switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window up/down
(if equipped)
(7) Power window lock switch

NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows
may not work properly due to freezing
conditions.

OBH048022

4 23
Features of your vehicle

D080100BBH
Power windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window switch
that controls the door's window. The driv-
er has a power window lock switch which
can block the operation of passenger
windows. The power windows can be
operated for approximately 30 seconds
after the ignition key is removed or turned
to the ACC or LOCK position. However, if
the front doors open, the power windows OBH048023N OBH048023
cannot be operated within the 30 second D080101AUN D080103ABH-EU
period after ignition key removal. Window opening and closing Auto up/down window (if equipped)
The drivers door has a master power Depressing or pulling up the power win-
NOTICE window switch that controls all the win- dow switch momentarily to the second
While driving with the rear windows dows in the vehicle. detent position (6) completely lowers or
down or with the sunroof (if equipped) To open or close a window, press down lifts the window even when the switch is
in an open (or partially open) position, or pull up the front portion of the corre- released. To stop the window at the
your vehicle may demonstrate a wind sponding switch to the first detent posi- desired position while the window is in
buffeting or pulsation noise. This tion (5). operation, momentarily pull the switch in
noise is a normal occurrence and can be the direction opposite of the windows
reduced or eliminated by taking the fol- movement.
lowing actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows down,
partially lower both front windows
approximately one inch. If you expe-
rience the noise with the sunroof open,
slightly reduce the size of the sunroof
opening.

4 24
Features of your vehicle

If the power window is not operated cor- NOTICE


rectly, the automatic power window sys- The automatic reverse feature for the
tem must be reset as follows: drivers and front passengers windows
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi- are only active when the auto up fea-
tion. ture is used by fully pulling up the
2. Close the drivers and front passen- switch. The automatic reverse feature
gers windows and continue pulling up will not operate if the window is raised
on the power window switch for at using the halfway position on the power
least 1 second after the window is window switch.
completely closed.

WARNING
OBH048200 Always check for obstructions
Automatic reversal before raising any window to avoid
If the upward movement of the window is injuries or vehicle damage. If an
blocked by an object or part of the body, object less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) in
the window will detect the resistance and diameter is caught between the
will stop upward movement. The window window glass and the upper win-
will then lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 dow channel, the automatic reverse
cm) to allow the object to be cleared. window may not detect the resist-
ance and will not stop and reverse
If the window detects the resistance
direction.
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower approxi-
mately 1 in. (2.5 cm). And if the power
window switch is pulled up continuously
again within 5 seconds after the window
is lowered by the automatic window
reversal feature, the automatic window
reversal will not operate.

4 25
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING - Windows


To prevent possible damage to NEVER leave the ignition key (or
the power window system, do not smart key) in the vehicle.
open or close two windows or NEVER leave any child unattend-
more at the same time. This will ed in the vehicle. Even very
also ensure the longevity of the young children may inadvertently
fuse. cause the vehicle to move, entan-
Never try to operate the main gle themselves in the windows,
switch on the driver's door and or otherwise injure themselves or
the individual door window others.
switch in opposing directions at Always double check to make
OBH048024 the same time. If this is done, the sure all arms, hands, head and
D080104AUN window will stop and cannot be other obstructions are safely out
Power window lock button opened or closed. of the way before closing a win-
The driver can disable the power win- dow.
dow switches on the passenger doors Do not allow children to play with
by depressing the power window lock the power windows. Keep the dri-
switch located on the drivers door to vers door power window lock
LOCK (pressed). switch in the LOCK position
When the power window lock switch (depressed). Serious injury can
is ON, the drivers master control result from unintentional window
cannot operate the passenger door operation by the child.
power windows. Do not extend any head or arms
outside through the window
opening while driving.

4 26
Features of your vehicle

HOOD

WARNING
Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are removed
from the hood opening. Closing
the hood with an obstruction
present in the hood opening may
result in property damage or
severe personal injury.
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
OBH048025L OBH048026L may cause a heat-induced fire.
D090100AEN 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the Always double check to be sure
Opening the hood hood slightly, pull the secondary latch that the hood is firmly latched
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the (1) inside of the hood center and lift before driving away. If it is not
hood. The hood should pop open the hood (2). latched, the hood could open
slightly. 3. Raise the hood. It will raise completely while the vehicle is being driven,
by itself after it has been raised about causing a total loss of visibility,
halfway. which might result in an accident.
WARNING Do not move the vehicle with the
Open the hood after turning off the D090200AEN hood in the raised position, as
engine on a flat surface, shifting Closing the hood vision is obstructed and the hood
the shift lever to the P(Park) posi- could fall or be damaged.
tion, and setting the parking brake. 1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-
lowing:
All filler caps in engine compartment
must be correctly installed.
Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be removed
from the engine compartment.
2. Lower the hood halfway and push
down to securely lock in place.
4 27
Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID


D100200AUN
Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until
it clicks one time. This indicates that
the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it in
lightly making sure that it is securely
closed.

D100300ABH-EU

OBH048027 OBH048028 WARNING - Refueling


D100100AUN
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it
1. Stop the engine.
can cover your clothes or skin
Opening the fuel filler lid 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the fuel and thus subject you to the risk
The fuel filler lid must be opened from filler lid opener button. of fire and burns. Always remove
inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel 3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully the fuel cap carefully and slowly.
filler lid opener button located on the dri- open. If the cap is venting fuel or if you
vers door. 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank hear a hissing sound, wait until
cap (2) counterclockwise. the condition stops before com-
NOTICE 5. Refuel as needed. pletely removing the cap.
If the fuel filler lid will not open because Do not "top off" after the nozzle
ice has formed around it, tap lightly or automatically shuts off when
push on the lid to break the ice and refueling.
release the lid. Do not pry on the lid. If Tighten the cap until it clicks one
necessary, spray around the lid with an time, otherwise the Malfunction
approved de-icer fluid (do not use radi- Indicator Light will illuminate.
ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a Always check that the fuel cap is
warm place and allow the ice to melt. installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an acci-
dent.

4 28
Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling dan- (Continued) (Continued)


gers Do not get back into a vehicle once Do not use cellular phones while
you have begun refueling since refueling. Electric current and/or
Automotive fuels are flammable
you can generate static electricity electronic interference from cel-
materials. When refueling, please
by touching, rubbing or sliding lular phones can potentially
note the following guidelines care-
against any item or fabric (poly- ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
fully. Failure to follow these guide-
lines may result in severe personal ester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of When refueling, always shut the
injury, severe burns or death by fire producing static electricity. Static engine off. Sparks produced by
or explosion. electricity discharge can ignite electrical components related to
fuel vapors resulting in rapid burn- the engine can ignite fuel vapors
Read and follow all warnings
ing. If you must re-enter the vehi- causing a fire. Once refueling is
posted at the gas station facility.
cle, you should once again elimi- complete, check to make sure the
Before refueling, note the loca- filler cap and filler door are
tion of the Emergency Gasoline nate potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a securely closed, before starting
Shut-Off, if available, at the gas the engine.
station facility. metal part of the vehicle, away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or DO NOT use matches or a lighter
Before touching the fuel nozzle, and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
you should eliminate potentially other gasoline source.
cigarette in your vehicle while at
dangerous static electricity dis- When using an approved portable a gas station especially during
charge by touching another metal fuel container, be sure to place the refueling. Automotive fuel is
part of the vehicle, a safe dis- container on the ground prior to highly flammable and can, when
tance away from the fuel filler refueling. Static electricity dis- ignited, result in fire.
neck, nozzle, or other gas source. charge from the container can If a fire breaks out during refuel-
(Continued) ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-
Once refueling has begun, contact cle, and immediately contact the
with the vehicle should be main- manager of the gas station and
tained until the filling is complete. then contact the local fire depart-
Use only approved portable plas- ment or 911. Follow any safety
tic fuel containers designed to instructions they provide.
carry and store gasoline.
(Continued)

4 29
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the "Fuel require-
ments" suggested in section 1.
If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine
HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result
in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control
system. OBH048029
Do not spill fuel on the exterior D100500ABH
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type Emergency fuel filler lid release
of fuel spilled on painted surfaces An emergency fuel filler lid release is
may damage the paint. located in the luggage compartment, on
After refueling, make sure the fuel the left side.
cap is installed securely to pre- If the fuel filler lid does not open using
vent fuel spillage in the event of the remote fuel filler lid release, you can
an accident. open it manually. Pull the handle outward
slightly.

CAUTION
Do not pull the handle excessively,
otherwise the luggage area trim or
release handle may be damaged.

4 30
Features of your vehicle

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION
Do not continue to move the sun-
roof control lever after the sunroof
is in the fully open, closed, or tilt
position(s). Damage to the motor or
system components could occur.

NOTICE
The sunroof cannot slide when it is in
the tilt position nor can it be tilted while
OBH048030N in an open or slide position. OBH048031
D110000AEN D110100AEN
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, Sliding the sunroof
you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the WARNING To open or close the sunroof (manual
sunroof control lever located on the over- Never adjust the sunroof or sun- slide feature), pull or push the sunroof
head console. shade while driving. This could control lever backward or forward to the
result in loss of control and an acci- first detent position.
The sunroof can only be opened, closed, dent that may cause death, serious Pulling the control lever downward also
or tilted when the ignition switch is in the injury, or property damage. closes the sunroof.
ON position. To open or close the sunroof completely
even when the lever is released (auto
NOTICE slide feature), pull or push the sunroof
control lever backward or forward to the
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof second detent position. The sunroof will
may not work properly due to freez- slide all the way open or closed. To stop
ing conditions. the sunroof sliding at any point, pull or
After washing the car or after there is push the sunroof control lever momentar-
rain, be sure to wipe off any water that ily in the opposite direction of sunroof
is on the sunroof before operating it. movement.

4 31
Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Sunroof
Be careful that no heads, hands
and body parts are obstructing a
closing sunroof.
Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sunroof
while driving.
Make sure your hands and head
are safely out of the way before
closing a sunroof.
OBH048032 OBH048033
D110101AEN D110200BBH
Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof CAUTION
If an object is detected while the sunroof Periodically remove any dirt that
To open the sunroof (autotilt feature), may accumulate on the guide rail.
is closing automatically, it will reverse push the sunroof control lever upward to
direction, and then stop. the second detent. The sunroof will tilt all If you try to open the sunroof when
The auto reverse function does not work the way open. To stop the sunroof tilting the temperature is below freezing
if a small obstacle is between the sliding at any point, operate the control lever. or when the sunroof is covered
glass and the sunroof sash. You should with snow or ice, the glass or the
To close the sunroof, pull the sunroof motor could be damaged.
always check that all passengers and lever downward until the sunroof moves
objects are away from the sunroof before to the desired position. While using the sunroof for a long
closing it. time, dust that collects between
sunroof and the roof panel can
cause noise. Open the sunroof
and regularly remove the dust
using clean cloth.

4 32
Features of your vehicle

D110500BBH
Resetting the sunroof CAUTION
Whenever the vehicle battery is discon- If the sunroof is not reset when the
nected or discharged, or related fuse is vehicle battery is disconnected or
blown, you must reset your sunroof sys- discharged, or related fuse is
tem as follows: blown, the sunroof may operate
improperly.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position and close the sunroof com-
pletely.
2. Release the control lever.
3. Pull and hold the control lever down-
OBH048034 ward until the sunroof tilts and slightly
D110300ABH moves up and down. Then, release
Sunshade the lever.
The sunshade will automatically open 4. Pull and hold the control lever down-
with the glass panel when the glass ward until the sunroof is operated as
panel slides open. Close it manually if follows;
you want it closed.
TILT DOWN SLIDE OPEN
SLIDE CLOSE
CAUTION
The sunroof is made to slide
Then, release the control lever.
together with the sunshade. Do not
leave the sunshade closed while
the sunroof is open. When this is complete, the sunroof sys-
tem is reset.

For more detailed information, contact


an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4 33
Features of your vehicle

DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


NOTICE Storing positions into memory
The buzzer sounds 10 times if there is a using the buttons on the door
malfunction of the memory system. D120101ABH
Have the driver position memory system Storing drivers seat positions
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
1. Shift the shift lever into P while the
dealer.
ignition switch is ON.
2. Adjust the driver seat, outside
WARNING rearview mirror and steering wheel to
Never attempt to operate the driv- positions comfortable for the driver.
er position memory system while 3. Press SET button on the control panel.
the vehicle is moving. The system will beep once.
OBH048035 This could result in loss of con- 4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or
D120000AEN trol, and an accident causing 2) within 5 seconds after pressing the
A driver position memory system is pro- death, serious injury, or property SET button. The system will beep
vided to store and recall the driver seat, damage. twice when memory has been suc-
outside rearview mirror and steering Do not adjust the seat while wear- cessfully stored.
wheel positions with a simple button ing seat belts. Moving the seat
operation. By saving the desired positions cushion forward may cause
into the system memory, different drivers strong pressure on the abdomen.
can reposition the driver seat, outside
rearview mirror and steering wheel based
upon their driving preference. If the bat-
tery is disconnected, the position memo-
ry will be lost and the driving positions
should be restored in the system.

4 34
Features of your vehicle

D120102ABH D120300BBH NOTICE


Recalling positions from memory Easy access function You can activate or deactivate the easy
1. Shift the shift lever into P while the (if equipped) access function in the INFO menu of
ignition switch is ON. With the shift lever in the P position, the DIS (Driver Information System, if
2. To recall the position in memory, press system will move the steering wheel equipped) as follows;
the desired memory button (1 or 2). upward and drivers seat rearward auto- Seat easy access
The system will beep once, then the matically so you can comfortably enter Steering easy access
driver seat, outside rearview mirror and exit the vehicle. If you want detailed informations, refer
and steering wheel will automatically Without smart key system to the DIS manual supplied separately.
adjust to the stored positions. - It will move the steering wheel away
Adjusting one of the control knobs for the from the driver and the drivers seat
driver seat, outside rearview mirror and rearward when the ignition key is
steering wheel while the system is recall- removed.
ing the stored positions will cause the - It will move the steering wheel toward
movement for that component to stop the driver and the drivers seat for-
and move in the direction that the control ward when the ignition key is inserted.
knob is moved. Other components will With smart key system
continue to the recalled position.
- It will move the steering wheel away
from the driver and the drivers seat
WARNING rearward when the engine start/stop
Use caution when recalling adjust- button is turned to the OFF position
ment memory while sitting in the or the smart key is removed from the
vehicle. Push the seat position con- smart key holder with engine
trol knob to the desired position start/stop button in OFF position.
immediately if the seat moves too - It will move the steering wheel toward
far in any direction. the driver and the drivers seat for-
ward when the engine start/stop but-
ton is turned to the ACC position or
the smart key is inserted to the smart
key holder with engine start/stop but-
ton in OFF position.

4 35
Features of your vehicle

Left/Right : When the remote control


outside rearview mirror
switch is selected to the
left/right position, both out-
side rearview mirrors will
move downward.
Neutral : When the remote control out-
side rearview mirror switch is
placed in the middle position,
the outside rearview mirrors
will not operate.

OBH048036N NOTICE
D120400BBH The outside rearview mirrors will auto-
Reverse parking aid function matically revert to their original posi-
(if equipped) tions under the following conditions:
When you shift the shift lever to the R 1. Ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
(Reverse) position, the outside rearview or ACC position.
mirror(s) will move downward to aid 2. Shift lever is moved to any position
reverse parking. According to the posi- except R.
tion of the outside rearview mirror switch 3. Remote control outside rearview mir-
(1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will ror switch is placed in the middle
operate as follows: position.

4 36
Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL
D130100ABH D130300AEN
Power steering CAUTION Tilt steering/Telescope steering
Power steering uses energy from the Never hold the steering wheel (if equipped)
engine to assist you in steering the vehi- against a stop (extreme right or left Tilt steering allows you to adjust the
cle. If the engine is off or if the power turn) for more than 5 seconds with steering wheel before you drive. You can
steering system becomes inoperative, the engine running. Holding the also raise the steering wheel to give your
the vehicle may still be steered, but it will steering wheel for more than 5 sec- legs more room when you exit and enter
require increased steering effort. onds in either position may cause the vehicle.
Should you notice any change in the damage to the power steering
effort required to steer during normal pump.
The steering wheel should be positioned
vehicle operation, have the power steer- so that it is comfortable for you to drive,
ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE while permitting you to see the instru-
ment panel warning lights and gauges.
If the power steering drive belt breaks
or if the power steering pump malfunc-
Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering
(EHPS) (if equipped)
tions, the steering effort will greatly WARNING
increase. Never adjust the angle of the
EHPS uses an electromotor to assist you
steering wheel while driving. You
in steering the vehicle. It senses the vehi- NOTICE may lose steering control and
cle speed and road condition. If the vehicle is parked for extended cause severe personal injury,
If the engine is off or if the power steer- periods outside in cold weather (below death or accidents.
ing system becomes inoperative, the 14F/-10C), the power steering may After adjusting, push the steering
vehicle may still be steered, but it will require increased effort when the engine wheel both up and down to be
require increased steering effort. is first started. This is caused by certain it is locked in position.
Should you notice any change in the increased fluid viscosity due to the cold
effort required to steer during normal weather and does not indicate a mal-
vehicle operation, have the power steer- function.
ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI When this happens, increase the engine
dealer. RPM by depressing accelerator until the
RPM reaches 1,500 rpm then release or
let the engine idle for two or three min-
utes to warm up the fluid.

4 37
Features of your vehicle

OBH048037L OBH048038L OBH048039L


D130301ABH D130302ABH D130500AUN
Manual type Electric type Horn
To change the steering wheel angle, pull Adjust the steering wheel angle (2) and To sound the horn, press the horn sym-
up the lock-release lever (1), adjust the position (3) with the knob (1). Never bol on the steering wheel.
steering wheel to the desired angle (2), adjust the position of the steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it
then pull down the lock-release lever to while driving. operates properly.
lock the steering wheel in place. Be sure
to adjust the steering wheel to the
desired position before driving.
NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area indi-
cated by the horn symbol on the steering
wheel (see illustration). The horn will
operate only when this area is pressed.

CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do
not press on the horn with a sharp-
pointed object.

4 38
Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS
D140100AUN D140105AEN
Inside rearview mirror Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
Adjust the rearview mirror to center on HomeLink system and compass
the view through the rear window. Make (if equipped)
this adjustment before you start driving. Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with a
Z-Nav Electronic Compass Display
WARNING - Rear visibility and an Integrated HomeLink Wireless
Do not place objects in the rear Control System. During nighttime driving,
seat, cargo area or rear package this feature will automatically detect and
tray which would interfere with your reduce rearview mirror glare while the
vision through the rear window. compass indicates the direction the vehi-
cle is pointed. The HomeLink Universal OBH048235N
Transceiver allows you to activate your (1) Channel 1 button
garage door(s), electric gate, home light-
WARNING (2) Channel 2 button
ing, etc.
Do not modify the inside mirror and (3) Status indicator LED
do not install a wide mirror. It could (4) Channel 3 button
result in injury, during an accident (5) Rear light sensor
or deployment of the air bag. (6) Dimming ON/OFF button
(7) Compass control button
(8) Compass display

4 39
Features of your vehicle

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Automatic-dimming function Z-Nav Compass Display


Safety (NVS) Mirror Your mirror will automatically dim upon The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is also
The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is the detecting glare from the vehicles travel- equipped with a Z-Nav Compass that
most advanced way to reduce annoying ing behind you. The auto-dimming func- shows the vehicle Compass heading in
glare in the rearview mirror during any tion can be controlled by the Dimming the Display Window using the 8 basic
driving situation. For more information ON/OFF Button: cardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
regarding NVS mirrors and other appli-
cations, please refer to the Gentex web- 1. Pressing the button turns the auto- Compass function
site: dimming function OFF which is indicat- The Compass can be turned ON and
www.gentex.com ed by the green Status Indicator LED OFF and will remember the last state
turning off. when the ignition is cycled. To turn the
CAUTION 2. Pressing the button again turns the display feature ON/OFF:
The NVS Mirror automatically auto-dimming function ON which is 1. Press and release the button to
reduces glare during driving condi- indicated by the green Status Indicator turn the display feature OFF.
tions based upon light levels moni- LED turning on. 2. Press and release the button again
tored in front of the vehicle and to turn the display back ON.
from the rear of the vehicle. These NOTICE Additional options can be set with press
light sensors are visible through The mirror defaults to the ON position and hold sequences of the button and
openings in the front and rear of the each time the vehicle is started. are detailed below.
mirror case. Any object that
obstructs either light sensor will
There is a difference between magnetic
degrade the automatic dimming
north and true north. The compass in the
control feature.
mirror can compensate for this difference
when it knows the Magnetic Zone in
which it is operating. This is set either by
the dealer or by the user. The operating
Zone Numbers for North America are
shown in the figure on the following sec-
tion.

4 40
Features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting:


1. Determine the desired Zone Number
based upon your current location on
the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the button for more
than 3 but less than 6 seconds, the
current Zone Number will appear on
the display.
3. Pressing and holding the button
again will cause the numbers to incre-
ment (Note: they will repeat 13, 14,
15, 1, 2, ). Releasing the button
when the desired Zone Number
appears on the display will set the new
Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the compass
will start displaying a compass head-
ing again.

There are some conditions that can


cause changes to the vehicle magnets,
such as installing a ski rack or a CB
antenna. Body repair work on the vehicle
can also cause changes to the vehicle's
magnetic field. In these situations, the
compass will need to be re-calibrated to
quickly correct for these changes. To re-
calibrate the compass:
B520C05NF

4 41
Features of your vehicle

1. Press and hold the button for more Programming HomeLink


than 6 seconds. When the compass CAUTION NOTICE
memory is cleared a "C" will appear in Before programming HomeLink to When programming a garage door
the display. a garage door opener or gate oper- opener, it is advised to park the vehi-
2. To calibrate the compass, drive the ator, make sure that people and cle outside of the garage.
vehicle in 2 complete circles at less objects are out of the way of the It is recommended that a new battery
than 5 mph (8 km/h). device to prevent potential harm or be placed in the hand-held transmit-
damage. Do not use HomeLink ter of the device being programmed to
with any garage door opener that HomeLink for quicker training and
Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control lacks the safety stop and reverse
System accurate transmission of the radio-
features required by U.S. federal frequency signal.
The HomeLink Wireless Control safety standards (this includes any Some vehicles may require the igni-
System provides a convenient way to garage door opener model manu- tion switch to be turned to the second
replace up to three hand-held radio-fre- factured before April 1, 1982). A (or "accessories") position for pro-
quency (RF) transmitters with a single garage door that cannot detect an gramming and/or operation of
built-in device. This innovative feature will object - signaling the door to stop HomeLink.
learn the radio frequency codes of most and reverse - does not meet current In the event that there are still pro-
current transmitters to operate devices U.S. federal safety standards. Using gramming difficulties or questions
such as gate operators, garage door a garage door opener without these after following the programming steps
openers, entry door locks, security sys- features increases the risk of seri- listed below, contact HomeLink at:
tems, even home lighting. Both standard ous injury or death. www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-
and rolling code-equipped transmitters 3515.
can be programmed by following the out-
lined procedures. Additional HomeLink Retain the original transmitter of the RF
information can be found at: www.home- device you are programming for use in
link.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515. other vehicles as well as for future
HomeLink programming. It is also sug-
gested that upon the sale of the vehicle,
the programmed HomeLink buttons be
erased for security purposes.

4 42
Features of your vehicle

Standard programming 6. To program the remaining two If there is difficulty locating the training
To train most devices, follow these HomeLink buttons, follow steps 2 button, reference the device owner's
instructions: through 5. manual or please visit our Web site at
1. For first-time programming, press and www.homelink.com.
hold the two outside buttons, Rolling code programming 2. Firmly press and release the "learn" or
HomeLink Channel 1 and Channel 3 Rolling code devices which are "code- "smart" button (which activates the
Buttons, until the indicator light begins protected" and manufactured after 1996 "training light").
to flash (after 20 seconds). Release may be determined by the following:
both buttons. Do not hold the buttons Reference the device owner's manual NOTICE
for longer than 30 seconds. for verification. There are 30 seconds in which to initiate
2. Position the end of your hand-held The handheld transmitter appears to step3.
transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) away program the HomeLink Universal
from the HomeLink buttons while Transceiver but does not activate the 3. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
keeping the indicator light in view. device. hold for two seconds and then release
3. Simultaneously press and hold both Press and hold the trained HomeLink the desired HomeLink button. Repeat
the HomeLink and hand-held trans- button. The device has the rolling code the "press/hold/release" sequence a
mitter button. DO NOT release the but- feature if the indicator light flashes rap- second time to complete the program-
tons until step 4 has been completed. idly and then turns solid after 2 sec- ming. (Some devices may require you
4. While continuing to hold the buttons onds. to repeat this sequence a third time to
the red Indicator Status LED will flash complete the programming.)
slowly and then rapidly after To train rolling code devices, follow these 4. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink successfully trains to the instructions: HomeLink button and observe the red
frequency signal from the hand-held Status Indicator LED. If the indicator
transmitter. Release both buttons. 1. At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage, locate light stays on constantly, programming
5. Press and hold the just-trained the "learn" or "smart" button. This can is complete and your device should
HomeLink button and observe the red usually be found where the hanging activate.
Status Indicator LED. If the indicator antenna wire is attached to the motor- 5. To program the remaining two
light stays on constantly, programming head unit. Exact location and color of HomeLink buttons, follow either steps
is complete and your device should the button may vary by garage door 1 through 4 above for other Rolling
activate when the HomeLink button is opener brand. Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in
pressed and released. Standard Programming for standard
devices.

4 43
Features of your vehicle

Gate operator & Canadian program- Reprogramming a single HomeLink Erasing HomeLink buttons
ming button Individual buttons cannot be erased.
During programming, your handheld To program a new device to a previously However, to erase all three programmed
transmitter may automatically stop trans- trained HomeLink button, follow these buttons:
mitting. Continue to press the Integrated steps: 1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink Wireless Control System but- 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink HomeLink buttons until the indicator
ton (note steps 2 through 4 in the button. Do NOT release until step 4 light begins to flash-after 20 seconds.
Standard Programming portion of this has been completed. 2. Release both buttons. Do not hold for
document) while you press and re-press 2. When the indicator light begins to flash longer than 30 seconds.
("cycle") your handheld transmitter every slowly (after 20 seconds), position the The Integrated HomeLink Wireless
two seconds until the frequency signal handheld transmitter 1 to 3 inches Control System is now in the training
has been learned. The indicator light will away from the HomeLink surface. (learn) mode and can be programmed at
flash slowly and then rapidly after sever- 3. Press and hold the handheld transmit- any time following the appropriate steps
al seconds upon successful training. ter button. The HomeLink indicator in the Programming sections above.
light will flash, first slowly and then rap-
Operating HomeLink idly.
To operate, simply press and release the 4. When the indicator light begins to flash
programmed HomeLink button. rapidly, release both buttons.
Activation will now occur for the trained 5. Press and hold the just-trained
device (i.e. garage door opener, gate HomeLink button and observe the red
operator, security system, entry door Status Indicator LED. If the indicator
lock, home/office lighting, etc.). For con- light stays on constantly, programming
venience, the hand-held transmitter of is complete and your new device
the device may also be used at any time. should activate.

4 44
Features of your vehicle

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 D140200AUN-EU


IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 Outside rearview mirror CAUTION
Be sure to adjust mirror angles before Do not scrape ice off the mirror
This device complies with Part 15 of driving. face; this may damage the surface
the FCC Rules. Your vehicle is equipped with both left- of the glass. If ice should restrict
hand and right-hand outside rearview movement of the mirror, do not
Operation is subject to the following two
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted force the mirror for adjustment. To
conditions:
remotely with the remote switch. The mir- remove ice, use a deicer spray, or a
1. this device may not cause harmful sponge or soft cloth with warm
interference, and ror heads can be folded back to prevent
damage during an automatic car wash or water.
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference when passing in a narrow street.
that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING - Rearview mir- CAUTION
rors If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
WARNING The right outside rearview mirror not adjust the mirror by force. Use
The transceiver has been tested is convex. Objects seen in the an approved spray de-icer (not radi-
and complies with FCC and mirror are closer than they ator antifreeze) to release the
Industry Canada rules. Changes or appear. frozen mechanism or move the
modifications not expressly vehicle to a warm place and allow
Use your interior rearview mirror the ice to melt.
approved by the party responsible
or direct observation to deter-
for compliance could void the
mine the actual distance of fol-
user's authority to operate the
lowing vehicles when changing
device.
lanes. WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside
NVS is a registered trademark and Z- rearview mirrors while the vehicle
Nav is a trademark of the Gentex is moving. This could result in loss
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. of control, and an accident which
HomeLink is a registered trademark could cause death, serious injury
owned by Johnson Controls, or property damage.
Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

4 45
Features of your vehicle

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)


CAUTION (if equipped)
The mirrors stop moving when The electric chromic mirror automatically
they reach the maximum adjust- controls the glare from the headlights of
ing angles, but the motor contin- the car behind you in nighttime or low
ues to operate while the switch is light driving conditions. The sensor
depressed. Do not depress the mounted in the mirror senses the light
switch longer than necessary, the level around the vehicle, and automati-
motor may be damaged. cally controls the headlight glare from
Do not attempt to adjust the out- vehicles behind you.
side rearview mirror by hand. When the engine is running, the glare is
Doing so may damage the parts. automatically controlled by the sensor
OBH048042 mounted in the rearview mirror.
D140201ABH Whenever the shift lever is shifted into R
Remote control (Reverse), the mirror will automatically
The electric remote control mirror switch go to the brightest setting in order to
allows you to adjust the position of the improve the drivers view behind the vehi-
left and right outside rearview mirrors. To cle. If the ECM of inside rear view mirror
adjust the position of either mirror, move operates, it will be working.
the lever (1) to right or left to select the
right side mirror or the left side mirror, CAUTION
then press a corresponding point ( ) on
When cleaning the mirror, use a
the mirror adjustment control to position
paper towel or similar material
the selected mirror up, down, left or right.
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
After adjustment, put the lever into neu- not spray glass cleaner directly on
tral position to prevent the inadvertent the mirror as that may cause the liq-
adjustment. uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-
ing.

4 46
Features of your vehicle

The ignition switch must be in the ON


position for the electric outside rearview
mirrors to fold.
The electric folding outside rearview mir-
ror can be operated for approximately 30
seconds after the ignition key is removed
or turned to the LOCK position.

OBH048043
D140202ABH OBH048204N
Folding the outside rearview mirror D140202AEN
Electric Type (if equipped) Manual Type (if equipped)
To fold the outside rearview mirror, To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp
depress the button.
the housing of the mirror and then fold it
To unfold it, depress the button again. toward the rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION
In case of the electric type of out-
side rearview mirror, dont fold it by
hand. It could cause the failure of
the motor.

4 47
Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Type I

1. Tachometer 7. LCD screen


2. Turn signal indicators 8. Low washer fluid level warning light*
3. Speedometer SCC sensor malfunction indicator*
4. Engine temperature gauge AUTO
HOLD AUTO HOLD malfunction indicator*
5. Warning and indicator lights 9. Shift pattern indicator
6. Fuel gauge 10. SCC malfunction indicator*
Charging system warning light
* : if equipped
* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.
OBH042045N

4 48
Features of your vehicle

Type II

1. Tachometer 8. LDWS
FAIL LDWS malfunction indicator*
2. Turn signal indicators SCC malfunction indicator*
3. Speedometer SCC sensor malfunction indicator*
4. Engine temperature gauge
9. Charging system warning light
5. Warning and indicator lights
Low washer fluid level warning light*
6. Fuel gauge
Trunk ajar warning light
7. LCD screen
AUTO
10. AUTO HOLD indicator/
HOLD

AUTO HOLD malfunction indicator*


11. Shift pattern indicator
* : if equipped
* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.
OBH042300N

4 49
Features of your vehicle

OBH048046L OBH048233 OBH041050


D150100AUN Gauges D150202AUN
Instrument panel illumination D150201AUN Tachometer
When the vehicles parking lights or Speedometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-
headlights are on, rotate the illumination mate number of engine revolutions per
The speedometer indicates the forward
control knob to adjust the brightness of minute (rpm).
speed of the vehicle.
the instrument panel illumination. Use the tachometer to select the correct
The speedometer is calibrated in miles
shift points and to prevent lugging and/or
per hour and/or kilometers per hour.
over-revving the engine.
When the door is open, or if the engine is
not started within 1 minute, the tachome-
ter pointer may move slightly in ON posi-
tion with the engine OFF. This movement
is normal and will not affect the accuracy
of the tachometer once the engine is run-
ning.

4 50
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING
Do not operate the engine within Never remove the radiator cap
the tachometer's RED ZONE. when the engine is hot. The engine
This may cause severe engine dam- coolant is under pressure and
age. could cause severe burns. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.

OBH041051
D150203AUN
Engine temperature gauge
This gauge shows the temperature of the
engine coolant when the ignition switch
is ON.
Do not continue driving with an overheat-
ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer
to If the engine overheats in section 6.

CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the
H position, it indicates overheat-
ing that may damage the engine.

4 51
Features of your vehicle

D150206ABH-EU
WARNING - Fuel gauge Trip computer
Running out of fuel can expose The trip computer is a microcomputer-
vehicle occupants to danger. controlled driver information system that
You must stop and obtain addition- displays information related to driving,
al fuel as soon as possible after the including odometer, tripmeter, elapsed
warning light comes on or when the time, average speed, average fuel con-
gauge indicator comes close to the sumption (if equipped), instant fuel con-
E level. sumption and distance to empty on the
display when the ignition switch is in the
ON position. All stored driving informa-
tion (except odometer) is reset if the bat-
OBH041052
CAUTION tery is disconnected.
D150204BBH
Avoid driving with a very low fuel
level. If you run out of fuel, it could
Fuel gauge cause the engine to misfire and
The fuel gauge indicates the approxi- result in excessive loading of the
mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel catalytic converter.
tank. The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-
tion 8. The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which will illumi-
nate when the fuel tank is near empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier than
usual due to the movement of fuel in the
tank.

4 52
Features of your vehicle

Type I Type II Type I Type II

OBH048053N OBH042055N OBH042054N


TRIP Button Odometer (mi. or km) Tripmeter (mi. or km)
Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec- The odometer indicates the total dis- TRIP A : Tripmeter A
ond to select tripmeter function as fol- tance the vehicle has been driven. TRIP B : Tripmeter B
lows: You will also find the odometer useful to This mode indicates the distance of indi-
determine when periodic maintenance vidual trips selected since the last trip-
TRIP A should be performed. meter reset.
The meter's working range is from 0.0 to
999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).
TRIP B Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1
second, when the tripmeter (TRIP A or
TRIP B) is being displayed, clears the
Odometer tripmeter to zero (0.0).

4 53
Features of your vehicle

Distance to empty Type I Type II

Average speed

Elapsed time

Average fuel consumption

OBH048056N
Instant fuel consumption OBH042057N
DISP Button Distance to empty (mi. or km)
Press the DISP button to change ECO Driving ON/OFF This mode indicates the estimated dis-
between modes. (if equipped) tance to empty based on the current fuel
in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel
delivered to the engine. When the
AV information (if equipped) remaining distance is below 30 miles (50
km), --- will be displayed and the dis-
tance to empty indicator will blink.
Turn by turn navigation
(if equipped) The meters working range is from 30 to
990 miles (50 to 990 km).

4 54
Features of your vehicle

Type I Type II Type I Type II Type I Type II

OBH042059N OBH042060L OBH042333N


Average speed (MPH or km/h) Elapsed time Average fuel consumption (if equipped)
This mode calculates the average speed This mode indicates the total time trav- (MPG or l/100 km)
of the vehicle since the last average eled since the last driving time reset. This mode calculates the average fuel
speed reset. Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the consumption from the total fuel used and
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the driving time is calculated while the the distance since the last average con-
average speed is calculated while the engine is running. sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-
engine is running. The meters working range is from culated from the fuel consumption input.
Pressing the RESET button for more 0:00~99:59. For an accurate calculation, begin driving
than 1 second, when the average speed Pressing the RESET button for more the vehicle for several miles.
is being displayed, clears the average than 1 second, when the driving time is Pressing the RESET button for more than
speed to zero (---). If the ignition switch is being displayed, clears the driving time to 1 second, when the average fuel con-
turned to OFF for more than 2 hours, it zero (0:00). If the ignition switch is turned sumption is being displayed, clears the
will be reset automatically. to OFF for more than 2 hours, it will be average fuel consumption to zero (----).
reset automatically. If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.6 MPH (1
km/h) after refueled more than 1.6 gal-
lons (6 l), the average fuel consumption
will be cleared to zero (---).

4 55
Features of your vehicle

Type I Type II NOTICE Type I


If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been interrupt-
ed, the Distance to empty function
may not operate correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons (6 Type II
liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
The fuel consumption and distance to
empty values may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
OBH042334N The distance to empty value is an esti- OBH042403L
Instant fuel consumption (MPG or l/100km) mate of the available driving distance. ECO Driving ON/OFF mode (if equipped)
This mode calculates the instant fuel This value may differ from the actual You can turn the ECO indicator on/off on
consumption every 0.2 second from the driving distance available. the instrument cluster in this mode.
driving distance and quantity of fuel con- If you push the DISP button (or the
sumed. RESET button) more than 1 second in
the ECO Driving ON mode, ECO Driving
OFF is displayed in the screen and the
ECO indicator turns off while driving.
If you want to display the ECO indicator
again, press the DISP button (or the
RESET button) more than 1 second in
the ECO Driving OFF mode and then
ECO Driving ON mode is displayed in the
screen.

4 56
Features of your vehicle

D150300AEN
Warnings and indicators
All warning lights are checked by turning
the ignition switch ON (do not start the
engine). Any light that does not illuminate
should be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
After starting the engine, check to make
sure that all warning lights are off. If any
are still on, this indicates a situation that
needs attention. When releasing the
parking brake, the brake system warning
OBH042353L OBH042350L light should go off. The fuel warning light
AV information (if equipped) Turn by turn navigation (if equipped) will stay on if the fuel level is low.
This mode displays the state of the AV This mode displays the information of the
(RADIO, CD, USB, AUX etc.). navigation.

4 57
Features of your vehicle

ECO indicator D150303AEN


(if equipped) ECO WARNING Anti-lock brake system
Do not watch the indicator while (ABS) warning light
driving. This will distract you and
The ECO indicator light helps that you to may cause an accident that results This light illuminates if the ignition switch
in severe personal injury. is turned ON and goes off in approxi-
drive economically. mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-
It is displayed if you drive fuel efficiently ing normally.
to help you improve fuel efficiency. If the ABS warning light remains on,
The ECO indicator (green) will turn on D150302ABH
comes on while driving, or does not
when you are driving fuel efficiently in Air bag warning light come on when the ignition switch is
the ECO Driving ON mode. turned to the ON position, this indicates
If you don't want the indicator dis- that there may be a malfunction with the
played, you can turn the ECO Driving This warning light will illuminate for ABS.
ON mode to OFF mode by pressing the approximately 6 seconds each time you If this occurs, have your vehicle checked
DISP button (or the RESET button). turn the ignition switch to the ON posi- by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
As per ECO Driving ON/OFF mode tion. soon as possible. The normal braking
operation, refer to the previous page. This light also comes on when the system will still be operational, but with-
The fuel-efficiency can be changed by Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) is out the assistance of the anti-lock brake
the driver's driving habits and road not working properly. If the SRS air bag system.
conditions. warning light does not come on, or
The ECO indicator will not display if the continuously remains on after operating
condition doesn't meet economical for about 6 seconds when you turned the
driving such as P (Park), N (Neutral), R ignition switch to the ON position or start-
(Reverse) or sports mode. ed the engine, or if it comes on while
While the instant fuel consumption driving, have the SRS inspected by an
mode is displayed on the LCD screen, authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the ECO indicator turns off (if equipped).

4 58
Features of your vehicle

Electronic brake force distri- D150304CBH-EU D150305AUN


bution (EBD) system warning Seat belt warning Turn signal indicator
light
If these two warning lights As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
illuminate at the same time warning light will blink for approximately The blinking green arrows on the instru-
while driving, your vehicle 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition ment panel show the direction indicated
may have a malfunction with switch ON, regardless of belt fastening. by the turn signals. If the arrow comes on
the ABS and EBD system. but does not blink, blinks more rapidly
The warning light will blink again for
In this case, your ABS and regular brake approximately 6 seconds when starting than normal, or does not illuminate at all,
system may not work normally. Have the the engine. a malfunction in the turn signal system is
vehicle checked by an authorized indicated. Your dealer should be consult-
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened ed for repairs.
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
when the ignition switch is turned on, the
seat belt warning light and chime will oper-
ate for approximately 6 seconds. But if it is D150306AUN
WARNING fastened within the 6 seconds, the warning High beam indicator
If the both ABS and brake warning light will blink for the 6 seconds and the
lights are on and stay on, your vehi- warning chime will turn off immediately.
cles brake system will not work nor- If the driver's seat belt is disconnected This indicator illuminates when the head-
mally during sudden braking. In this after the ignition switch is turned to the lights are on and in the high beam posi-
case, avoid high speed driving and ON position, the seat belt warning light tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled
abrupt braking. Have your vehicle will turn on for approximately 6 seconds. into the Flash-to-Pass position.
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds,
dealer as soon as possible. the warning light will turn off immediately. D150331ABH
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened Tail light indicator
NOTICE when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph
(10 km/h), the seat belt warning light and
If the ABS warning light or EBD warn-
chime will operate for approximately 11
ing light is on and stays on, the This indicator illuminates when the tail
times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and
speedometer or odometer/tripmeter lights are on.
24 seconds off until the belt is fastened
may not work. In this case, have your
or the vehicle speed decreases below 3
vehicle checked by an authorized
mph (5 km/h).
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

4 59
Features of your vehicle

D150307AEN D150308ABH-EU
Engine oil pressure CAUTION Parking brake & brake fluid
warning light If the oil pressure warning light warning light
stays on while the engine is run-
This warning light indicates the engine oil ning, serious engine damage may Parking brake warning
pressure is low. result. The oil pressure warning This light is illuminated when the parking
If the warning light illuminates while driv- light comes on whenever there is brake is applied with the ignition switch in
ing: insufficient oil pressure. In normal the START or ON position. The warning
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and operation, it should come on when light should go off when the parking
stop. the ignition switch is turned on, brake is released while an engine is run-
then go out when the engine is ning.
2. With the engine off, check the engine started. If the oil pressure warning
oil level. If the level is low, add oil as The parking brake warning chime will
light stays on while the engine is sound to remind you that the parking
required. running, there is a serious malfunc-
If the warning light remains on after brake is applied when you are driving
tion. above 6 mph (10 km/h). Always release
adding oil or if oil is not available, call an If this happens, stop the car as
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. the parking brake before you drive.
soon as it is safe to do so, turn off
the engine and check the oil level. If
Low brake fluid level warning
CAUTION the oil level is low, fill the engine oil
to the proper level and start the If the warning light remains on, it may
If the engine is not stopped imme- indicate that the brake fluid level in the
diately after the engine oil pressure engine again. If the light stays on
with the engine running, turn the reservoir is low.
warning light is illuminated, severe If the warning light remains on:
damage could result. engine off immediately. In any
instance where the oil light stays on 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe loca-
when the engine is running, the tion and stop your vehicle.
engine should be checked by an 2. With the engine stopped, check the
authorized HYUNDAI dealer before brake fluid level immediately and add
the car is driven again. fluid as required. Then check all brake
components for fluid leaks.
3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are
found, the warning light remains on or
the brakes do not operate properly.

4 60
Features of your vehicle

Have the vehicle towed to any author- D150331ABH


ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys- Low tire pressure WARNING - Low tire pres-
tem inspection and necessary repairs. telltale sure
Your vehicle is equipped with a dual- Significantly low tire pressure
diagonal braking system. This means you Low tire pressure position makes the vehicle unstable and can
still have braking on two wheels even if telltale contribute to loss of vehicle control
one of the brake circuits is damaged or and increased braking distances.
malfunctions. With only one of the circuits Continued driving on tires with low
working, more than normal pedal travel The low tire pressure telltale comes on
for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is pressure will cause the tires to
and greater pedal pressure are required overheat and fail.
to stop the car. Also, the car will not stop turned to the ON position.
in as short a distance with only a portion If the warning light does not come on, or
of the brake system working. If the continuously remains on after coming on
brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a for about 3 seconds when you turned the
lower gear for additional engine braking ignition switch to the ON position, the
and stop the car as soon as it is safe to Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not
do so. working properly. If this occurs, have your
To check bulb operation, check whether vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
the parking brake and brake fluid warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch The warning lights will also illuminate if
is in the ON position. one or more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. The low tire pressure posi-
tion telltale (supplemental) indicates which
WARNING tire is significantly under-inflated by illumi-
Driving the vehicle with a warning nating the corresponding position light.You
light on is dangerous. If the brake should stop and check your tires as soon
warning light remains on, have the as possible. If the warning lights illumi-
brakes checked and repaired imme- nate while driving, reduce vehicle speed
diately by an authorized HYUNDAI immediately and stop the vehicle. Avoid
dealer. hard braking and overcorrecting at the
steering wheel. Inflate the tires to the
proper pressure as indicated on the vehi-
cles tire information placard.

4 61
Features of your vehicle

D150332AEN D150312ABH
TPMS (Tire Pressure TPMS WARNING - Safe stopping Shift pattern indicator
Monitoring System) The TPMS cannot alert you to
malfunction indicator severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
The TPMS malfunction indicator comes If you feel any vehicle instability,
on for 3 seconds after the ignition switch immediately take your foot off the
is turned to the ON position. If the warn- accelerator, apply the brakes The indicator displays which automatic
ing light does not come on, or remains on gradually and with light force, transmission shift position is selected.
after 3 seconds when the ignition switch and slowly move to a safe posi-
is turned to the ON position, the Tire tion off the road.
Pressure Monitoring System is not work- D150313AEN
ing properly. If this occurs, have your Charging system warning
vehicle checked by an authorized light
For more information about the TPMS,
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring
The warning light also comes on and System in section 6. This warning light indicates a malfunction
stays on when there is a problem with the of either the generator or electrical
Tire Pressure Monitoring System. charging system.
If this happens, the system may not mon- If the warning light comes on while the
itor the tire pressure. Have the system vehicle is in motion:
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI 1. Drive to the nearest safe location.
dealer as soon as possible. 2. With the engine off, check the genera-
tor drive belt for looseness or break-
age.
3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-
lem exists somewhere in the electrical
charging system. Have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer correct the problem
as soon as possible.

4 62
Features of your vehicle

D150309AUN D150317CBH When the smart key is in the vehicle, if


Front fog light indicator Immobilizer indicator the engine start/stop button is turned
(if equipped) to the ON position, the indicator will
Without smart key system illuminate until the engine is started.
This light illuminates when the immobiliz- However, when the smart key is not in
This light comes on when the front fog
er key is inserted and turned to the ON the vehicle, if the engine start/stop but-
lights are ON.
position to start the engine. ton is depressed, the indicator will blink
At this time, you can start the engine. The for a few minutes to indicate that you
D150315AHD
light goes out after the engine is running. will not be able to start the engine.
Trunk lid open warning If this light blinks when the ignition switch When the ignition switch is turned to
light is in the ON position before starting the the ON position and the indicator turns
engine, have the system checked by an off after 2 seconds, the system may
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. have a problem. Have the vehicle
This warning light illuminates when the
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
trunk lid is not closed securely with the
dealer.
ignition in any position. With smart key system (if equipped) When the battery is weak, if the engine
If any of the following occurs in a vehicle start/stop button is depressed, the indi-
D150316AUN equipped with the smart key, the immobi- cator will blink and you will not be able
Door ajar warning light lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or the to start the engine. However, you may
light goes off. still be able to start the engine by
inserting the smart key in the smart
This warning light illuminates when a key holder. If smart key system related
door is not closed securely with the igni- parts have a problem, the indicator
tion switch in any position. blinks.

4 63
Features of your vehicle

D150318AUN D150320ABH-EU
Low fuel level warning light Malfunction indicator light CAUTION
(MIL) (check engine light) Prolonged driving with the
Malfunction Indicator Light illumi-
This warning light indicates the fuel tank This indicator light is part of the Engine nated may cause damage to the
is nearly empty. When it comes on, you Control System which monitors various emission control systems which
should add fuel as soon as possible. emission control system components. If could effect drivability and/or fuel
Driving with the fuel level warning light on this light illuminates while driving, it indi- economy.
or with the fuel level below E can cause cates that a potential malfunction has If the Malfunction Indicator Light
the engine to misfire and damage the been detected somewhere in the emis- illuminates, potential catalytic
catalytic converter. sion control system. converter damage is possible.
This light will also illuminate when the This could result in loss of engine
D150319AUN ignition switch is turned to the ON posi- power. Have the Engine Control
Low washer fluid level tion, and will go out in a few seconds System inspected as soon as pos-
warning light (if equipped) after the engine is started. If it illuminates sible by an authorized HYUNDAI
while driving, or does not illuminate when dealer.
This warning light indicates the washer the ignition switch is turned to the ON
fluid reservoir is near empty. Refill the position, take your vehicle to your near-
washer fluid as soon as possible. est authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
have the system checked.
Generally, your vehicle will continue to be
drivable, but have the system checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.

4 64
Features of your vehicle

D150323AUN-EU D150325ABH Cruise SET indicator


ESC (Electronic Stability ESC Cruise indicator (if equipped) SET
Control) indicator
CRUISE indicator
The ESC indicator will illuminate when CRUISE The indicator light illuminates when the
the ignition switch is turned ON, but cruise function switch (SET- or RES+) is
should go off after approximately 3 sec- The indicator light illuminates when the ON.
onds. When the ESC is on, it monitors cruise control system is enabled. The cruise SET indicator light in the
the driving conditions and under normal instrument cluster is illuminated when
driving conditions, the ESC light will The cruise indicator light in the instru-
ment cluster is illuminated when the the cruise control switch (SET- or RES+)
remain off. When a slippery or low trac- is pushed. The cruise SET indicator light
tion condition is encountered, the ESC cruise control ON-OFF button on the
steering wheel is pushed. does not illuminate when the cruise con-
will operate, and the ESC indicator will trol switch (CANCEL) is pushed or the
blink to indicate the ESC is operating. The indicator light turns off when the
cruise control ON-OFF button is pushed system is disengaged.
The ESC indicator stays on when the
ESC may have a malfunction. Take your again. For more information about the
car to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer use of cruise control, refer to Cruise
and have the system checked. control system or Smart cruise control
system in section 5.
D150324AEN-EU
ESC OFF indicator ESC
OFF
To switch to ESC OFF mode, press the
ESC OFF button. The ESC OFF indicator
will illuminate indicating the ESC is deac-
tivated.

4 65
Features of your vehicle

D150320ABH LDWS indicator D150327ABH


Smart cruise control indicator (if equipped) LDWS Key reminder warning chime
(if equipped) Without smart key
If the drivers door is opened while the
SCC (Smart cruise control) The LDWS indicator will illuminate when ignition key is left in the ignition switch
malfunction indicator you turn the lane departure warning sys- (ACC or LOCK position), the key
tem on by pressing the LDWS switch. reminder warning chime will sound. This
is to prevent you from locking your keys
The warning light illuminates when the LDWS malfunction in the vehicle. The chime sounds until the
vehicle to vehicle distance control sys- indicator (if equipped) LDWS key is removed from the ignition switch or
tem is not functioning normally. FAIL the drivers door is closed.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the system With smart key
If the LDWS malfunction indicator comes
checked. on, the LDWS is not working properly. If the drivers door is opened while the
Take your vehicle to an authorized smart key is in the vehicle with the
SCC (Smart cruise control) HYUNDAI dealer and have the system engine start/stop button in ACC or the
sensor malfunction indicator checked. smart key is in the smart key holder with
the engine start/stop button in OFF, the
key reminder warning chime will sound.
The chime sounds until the smart key is
If the sensor or cover is dirty or obscured removed from the smart key holder or the
with foreign matter such as snow, the drivers door is closed.
indicator will illuminate. Clean the sensor
by using a soft cloth.

For more information about the use of


smart cruise control, refer to "Smart
cruise control system" in section 5.

4 66
Features of your vehicle

D150332ABH D150333ABH D150334ABH


EPB (Electric Parking AUTO HOLD indicator AUTO AFLS(Adaptive Front
EPB AFLS
Brake) malfunction indica- (if equipped) HOLD Lighting System) malfunc-
tor (if equipped) tion indicator (if equipped)

The EPB malfunction indicator will illumi- If you press the AUTO HOLD switch, the If the AFLS malfunction indicator comes
nate when the ignition switch is turned white AUTO HOLD indicator on the clus- on, the AFLS is not working properly.
ON, but should go off after approximate- ter will illuminate. And when you stop the Drive to the nearest safe location and
ly 3 seconds. If the warning light does not vehicle completely by pressing the brake restart the engine. If the indicator contin-
come on, or continuously remains on pedal, the indicator changes from white uously remains on, take your vehicle to
after coming on for about 3 seconds to green. an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have
when you turned the ignition switch to the If the AUTO HOLD malfunction indicator the system checked.
ON position, the Electric Parking Brake is on the LCD screen lights up yellow, the
not working properly. AUTO HOLD is not working properly. Take
If it comes on while driving, the EPB is your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI
not working properly. dealer and have the system checked.
Take your vehicle to an authorized For more information, refer to AUTO
HYUNDAI dealer and have the system HOLD in section 5.
checked.
The EPB malfunction indicator may illu-
minate when the ESC indicator comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not working
properly, but if this occurs it does not indi-
cate malfunction of the EPB.

4 67
Features of your vehicle

D150401ABH D150402ABH D150403ABH


Warning on the LCD screen Key is not detected Low key battery
(if equipped)
Key is not in vehicle

Type I Type II Type I Type II

If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is When the smart key in the vehicle dis-
Type I Type II
not detected and you push the engine charges, the warning illuminates on the
If the smart key is not in the vehicle and start/stop button, the warning illuminates LCD screen for 10 seconds.
if any door is opened or closed with the on the LCD screen for 10 seconds. Replace the battery with a new one. If it
engine start/stop button in ACC, ON, or is not possible, you can start the engine
START, the warning illuminates on the by inserting the smart key into the smart
LCD screen. The chime also sounds for 5 key holder and pushing the engine
seconds when the smart key is not in the start/stop button.
vehicle and any door is closed.
Turn the ignition switch off or get hold of
the smart key.

4 68
Features of your vehicle

D150404ABH D150405ABH D150406ABH


Press brake pedal to start engine Shift to "P" position Remove key

Type I Type II Type I Type II Type I Type II

If the engine start/stop button turns to the If you push the engine start/stop button When you turn off the engine with the
ACC position twice by pushing the with the engine start/stop button ON and smart key in the smart key holder, the
engine start/stop button repeatedly with- the shift lever not in P(Park), the warning warning illuminates on the LCD screen
out pressing the brake pedal, the warn- illuminates on the LCD screen for 10 sec- for 10 seconds.
ing illuminates on the LCD screen for 10 onds to indicate that you should press Push the smart key inward and pull it out
seconds to indicate that you should the engine start/stop button with the shift from the smart key holder.
press the brake pedal to start the engine. lever in P(Park) to turn off the engine.

4 69
Features of your vehicle

D150407ABH D150408ABH D150409ABH


Insert key Press start button again Shift to "P" or "N" to start the engine

Type I Type II Type I Type II Type I Type II

If you push the engine start/stop button If there is a problem with the engine If you try to start the engine with the shift
while the "Key is not detected" illumi- start/stop button system, the warning illu- lever not in P(Park) or N(Neutral), the
nates on the LCD screen, the warning minates for 10 seconds to indicate that warning illuminates for 10 seconds on
illuminates for 10 seconds. you could start the engine by pressing the LCD screen.
the engine start/stop button while press- You can also start the engine with the
ing the brake pedal. shift lever in N(Neutral), but for your safe-
If the warning illuminates each time you ty start the engine with the shift lever in
push the engine start/stop button, take P(Park).
your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and have the system checked.

4 70
Features of your vehicle

D150412ABH
Check stop lamp fuse

Type I Type II

When the stop lamp fuse is disconnect-


ed, the warning illuminates for 10 sec-
onds on the LCD screen.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If that
is not possible you can start the engine
by pressing the engine start/stop button
for 10 seconds with the ignition switch in
ACC.

4 71
Features of your vehicle

PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


The sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors are limited.
When moving the vehicle, pay as much
attention to what is in front of and behind
you as you would in a vehicle without a
parking assist system.

WARNING
The parking assist system should
Sensors only be considered as a supple-
OBH048064L mentary function. The driver must
check the front and rear view. The OBH048205L
operational function of the parking
assist system can be affected by Operation of the parking assist
many factors and conditions of the system
surroundings, so the responsibility D170101ABH
rests always with the driver. Operating condition
This system will activate when the
parking assist button is pressed with
the engine running.
Sensors
Sensing distance in backing up is
OBH048065 approximately 39.37 in (100 cm) when
D170000ABH you are driving less than 6.21 mph (10
The parking assist system assists the km/h).
driver during movement of the vehicle by Sensing distance in moving forward is
chiming if any object is sensed within the approximately 23.62 in (60 cm) when
distance of 23.62 in (60 cm) in front or you are driving less than 6.21 mph (10
39.37 in (100 cm) behind the vehicle. km/h).
This system is a supplemental system When more than two objects are
and it is not intended to nor does it sensed at the same time, the closest
replace the need for extreme care and one will be recognized first.
attention of the driver.
4 72
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE D170200ABH There is a possibility of parking


The parking assist system may not oper- Non-operational conditions of assist system malfunction when:
ate if the vehicles distance from the parking assist system 1. Driving on uneven road surfaces such
object is already less than approximate- Parking assist system may not oper- as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or
ly 9.84 in (25 cm) when the system is ate normally when: gradient.
ON. 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will 2. Objects generating excessive noise
operate normally when the moisture such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle
D170102ABH melts.) engines, or truck air brakes can inter-
Types of warning sound 2. The sensor is covered with foreign fere with the sensor.
When an object is 39.37 in (100 cm) to matter, such as snow or water, or the 3. Heavy rain or water spray.
23.62 in (61 cm) from the rear bumper sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate 4. Wireless transmitters or mobile
: Buzzer beeps intermittently normally when the material is removed phones present near the sensor.
When an object is 23.62 in (60 cm) to or the sensor is no longer blocked.) 5. Sensor is covered with snow.
11.81 in (31 cm) from the front or rear 3. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-
bumper : Buzzer sounds two beeps ter such as snow or water. (Sensing
intermittently range will return to normal when
When an object is within 11.81 in (30 removed.)
cm) of the front or rear bumper :
Buzzer sounds continuously.

4 73
Features of your vehicle

Detecting range may decrease when: NOTICE NOTICE


1. Outside air temperature is extremely 1. The warning may not sound sequen- This system can only sense objects with-
hot or cold. tially depending on the speed and in the range and location of the sensors,
2. Undetectable objects smaller than shapes of the objects detected. it can not detect objects in other areas
39.37 in (1 m) and narrower than 5.51 2. The parking assist system may mal- where sensors are not installed. Also,
in (14 cm) in diameter. function if the vehicle bumper height small or slim objects, or objects located
or sensor installation has been modi- between sensors may not be detected.
The following objects may not be rec- fied. Any non-factory installed equip- Always visually check in front and
ognized by the sensor: ment or accessories may also interfere behind the vehicle when driving.
1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, with the sensor performance. Be sure to inform any drivers in the
chains or small poles. 3. Sensor may not recognize objects less vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the
2. Objects, which tend to absorb sensor than 11.81 in (30 cm) from the sensor, system regarding the systems capabili-
frequency such as clothes, spongy or it may sense an incorrect distance. ties and limitations.
material or snow. Use with caution.
4. When the sensor is frozen or stained
with snow or water, the sensor may be WARNING
inoperative until the stains are Pay close attention when the vehi-
removed using a soft cloth. cle is driven close to objects on the
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the sen- road, particularly pedestrians, and
sor with any hard objects that could especially children. Be aware that
damage the surface of the sensor. some objects may not be detected
Sensor damage could occur. by the sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensor. Always perform a visual
inspection to make sure the vehicle
is clear of all obstructions before
moving the vehicle in any direction.

4 74
Features of your vehicle

D170400ABH
Self-diagnosis
If you dont hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-
tently when shifting the gear to the R
(Reverse) position, this may indicate a
malfunction in the rear parking assist sys-
tem. If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu-
pants related to a parking assist
system. Always drive safely and
cautiously.

4 75
Features of your vehicle

REAR VIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED) HAZARD WARNING FLASHER


The green line (1) is the position 118.11
in (300 cm) from the rear bumper.
The yellow line (2) is the position 39.37 in
(100 cm) from the rear bumper.
The red line (3) is the position 19.68 in
(50 cm) from the rear bumper.

WARNING
This system is a supplementary
function only. It is the responsi-
OBH041068N
bility of the driver to always
check the inside/outside rearview OBH068001N
mirror and the area behind the D180000AUN
vehicle before and while backing The hazard warning flasher should be
up. used whenever you find it necessary to
Always keep the camera lens stop the car in a hazardous location.
clean. If the lens is covered with When you must make such an emer-
foreign matter, the camera may gency stop, always pull off the road as far
not operate normally. as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned on
by pushing in the hazard switch. This
OBH048069 NOTICE causes all turn signal lights to blink. The
D330000ABH The rearview camera may not operate hazard warning lights will operate even
The rearview camera will activate when normally, when you drive in the though the key is not in the ignition
the back-up light is ON with the ignition extremely high or low temperature area switch.
switch ON and the shift lever in the R (operating temperature : -20C~65C (- To turn the hazard warning lights off,
position. 13F~149F)). push the switch a second time.
This system is a supplemental system
that shows behind the vehicle through
the navigation display while backing-up.

4 76
Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING
D190100ABH D190200ABH
Battery saver function Headlight escort function
The purpose of this feature is to pre- (if equipped)
vent the battery from being dis- If you turn the ignition switch to the ACC
charged. The system automatically or OFF position with the headlights ON,
turns off the parking lights when the the headlights (and/or tail lights) remain
driver removes the ignition key (smart on for about 20 minutes. However, if the
key : turns off the engine) and opens drivers door is opened and closed, the
the driver-side door (in that order). headlights are turned off after 30 sec-
With this feature, the parking lights will onds.
be turned off automatically if the driver The headlights can be turned off by
parks on the side of the road at night. pressing the lock button on the transmit-
If necessary, to keep the lights on ter (or smart key) twice or turning the OBH049072
when the ignition key is removed light switch to the OFF or Auto position. D190400AUN
(smart key : turns off the engine), per- If the headlight switch is in the AUTO Lighting control
form the following: position, the function can only operate at The light switch has a Headlight and a
1) Open the driver-side door. night. Parking light position.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON To operate the lights, turn the knob at the
again using the light switch on the CAUTION end of the control lever to one of the fol-
steering column.
If the driver gets out of the vehicle lowing positions:
through other doors (except dri- (1) OFF position
Headlight welcome function ver's door), the battery saver func- (2) Parking light position
(if equipped) tion does not operate and the head- (3) Headlight position
When the headlight switch is set to ON or light escort function does not turn
(4) Auto light/AFLS position
AUTO position and all doors (and trunk) off automatically. Therefore, it caus-
(if equipped)
are closed and locked, if you press the es the battery to be discharged. In
door unlock button on the transmitter (or this case, make sure to turn off the
the smart key), the headlights will come lamp before getting out of the vehi-
on for about 15 seconds. At this time, if cle.
you press the door lock button, the head-
lights will turn off immediately.

4 77
Features of your vehicle

OBH049073 OBH049074 OBH049075


D190401ABH D190402ABH D190403AUN
Parking light position ( ) Headlight position ( ) Auto light/AFLS position
When the light switch is in the parking When the light switch is in the headlight (if equipped)
light position (1st position), the tail, position (2nd position), the head, tail, When the light switch is in the AUTO light
license and instrument panel lights are license and instrument panel lights are position while the engine is running, the
ON and the tail light indicator is ON (if ON. taillights and headlights will be turned
equipped). ON or OFF automatically depending on
NOTICE the amount of light outside the vehicle.
The ignition switch must be in the ON If your vehicle is equipped with the adap-
position to turn on the headlights. tive front lighting system (AFLS), it will
also operate when the headlamp is ON.

4 78
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION
Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the instru-
ment panel. This will ensure bet-
ter auto-light system control.
Dont clean the sensor using a
window cleaner. The cleaner may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto OBH049077 OBH049076
light system may not work prop- D190500AUN To flash the headlights, pull the lever
erly. High beam operation towards you. It will return to the normal
To turn on the high beam headlights, (low beam) position when released. The
push the lever away from you. Pull it back headlight switch does not need to be on
for low beams. to use this flashing feature.
The high beam indicator will light when
the headlight high beams are switched on.
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the lights on for a
prolonged time while the engine is not
running.

WARNING
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles. Using high
beam could obstruct the other dri-
ver's vision.

4 79
Features of your vehicle

To signal a lane change, move the turn


signal lever slightly and hold it in position
(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-
tion when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the
turn signal bulbs may be burned out and
will require replacement.

One-touch triple turn signal


(if equipped)
To activate an one-touch triple turn signal
OBH049078 OBH049079
move the turn signal lever slightly for less
D190600AUN than 1.8 seconds and then release it. The D190700AHD-EU
Turn signals and lane change sig- lane change signals will blink 3 times. Front fog light (if equipped)
nals Fog lights are used to provide improved
The ignition switch must be on for the NOTICE visibility and avoid accidents when visibil-
turn signals to function. To turn on the If an indicator flash is abnormally quick ity is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc.
turn signals, move the lever up or down or slow, a bulb may be burned out or The fog lights will turn on when the fog
(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru- have a poor electrical connection in the light switch (1) is turned to ON after the
ment panel indicate which turn signal is circuit. headlights are turned on.
operating. They will self-cancel after a To turn off the fog lights, turn the switch
turn is completed. If the indicator contin- to OFF.
ues to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position. CAUTION
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor or
unnecessary battery and generator
drain could occur.

4 80
Features of your vehicle

Daytime running light (if equipped)


Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make
it easier for others to see the front of your
vehicle during the day. DRL can be help-
ful in many different driving conditions,
and it is especially helpful after dawn and
before sunset.
The DRL system will turn OFF when:
1. The headlight switch is ON.
2. The parking brake is applied.
3. Engine stops.
OBH041075 OBH041071
D191002ABH D191300ABH If the AFLS malfunction indicator comes
Headlight leveling device AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting on, the AFLS is not working properly.
(if equipped) System) (if equipped) Drive to the nearest safe location and
Automatic type Adaptive front lighting system uses the restart the engine. If the indicator contin-
It automatically adjusts the headlight steering angle and vehicle speed, to uously remains on, take your vehicle to
beam level according to the number of keep your field of vision wide by swiveling an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have
passengers and the loading weight in the and leveling the headlamp. the system checked.
luggage area. Turn the knob to the AUTO position when
It offers the proper headlight beam under the engine is running. The adaptive front
various conditions. lighting system will operate when the
headlamp is ON. To turn off the AFLS,
turn the knob to the other position. After
WARNING turning the AFLS off, headlamp swiveling
If it is not working properly, have no longer occurs, but leveling operates
your vehicle inspected by an continuously.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Don't attempt to inspect yourself.

4 81
Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS


NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.

NOTICE
When you operate the wipers, if your
vehicle has a problem in any part of
OBH049900 OBH049080
the wiper operation system, the wiper
may operate in the LO mode regard-
A : Wiper speed control D200100AEN-EU less of the wiper switch position. In
MIST Single wipe Windshield wipers this case, have your vehicle checked
OFF Off Operates as follows when the ignition by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
INT Intermittent wipe switch is turned ON. soon as possible.
AUTO AUTO control wipe MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push When the ignition key is removed, the
(if equipped) the lever upward and release it wiper blade sometimes may move
with the lever in the OFF position. slightly for reducing the deterioration
LO Low wiper speed
The wipers will operate continu- of the windshield wipers.
HI High wiper speed
ously if the lever is pushed
B : Intermittent or Auto control wipe upward and held.
time adjustment OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
C : Wash with brief wipes the same wiping intervals. Use this
mode in a light rain or mist. To vary
the speed setting, turn the speed
control knob(1).
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed

4 82
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION CAUTION
When the ignition switch is ON and When washing the vehicle, set the
the windshield wiper switch is wiper switch in the OFF position to
placed in the AUTO mode, use cau- stop the auto wiper operation.
tion in the following situations to The wiper may operate and be dam-
avoid any injury to the hands or aged if the switch is set in the AUTO
Rain other parts of the body: mode while washing the vehicle.
sensor Do not touch the upper end of the Do not remove the sensor cover
windshield glass facing the rain located on the upper end of the pas-
sensor. senger side windshield glass.
Do not wipe the upper end of the Damage to system parts could
OBH049081 windshield glass with a damp or occur and may not be covered by
D200101AEN wet cloth. your vehicle warranty.
Auto control (if equipped) Do not put pressure on the wind- When starting the vehicle in winter,
The rain sensor located on the upper end shield glass. set the wiper switch in the OFF
of the windshield glass senses the position. Otherwise, wipers may
amount of rainfall and controls the wiping operate and ice may damage the
cycle for the proper interval. The more it windshield wiper blades. Always
rains, the faster the wiper operates. When remove all snow and ice and defrost
the rain stops, the wiper stops. To vary the the windshield properly prior to
speed setting, turn the speed control operating the windshield wipers.
knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
when the ignition switch is ON, the wiper
will operate once to perform a self-check
of the system. Set the wiper to OFF posi-
tion when the wiper is not in use.

4 83
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION CAUTION
To prevent possible damage to the To prevent possible damage to
washer pump, do not operate the the wipers or windshield, do not
washer when the fluid reservoir is operate the wipers when the
empty. windshield is dry.
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
WARNING solvents on or near them.
Do not use the washer in freezing To prevent damage to the wiper
temperatures without first warming arms and other components, do
OBH049082 the windshield with the defrosters; not attempt to move the wipers
D200200AUN the washer solution could freeze on manually.
Windshield washers contact with the windshield and
obscure your vision.
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently
toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
cycles.
Use this function when the windshield is
dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will con-
tinue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check the
washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not
sufficient, you will need to add appropri-
ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid
to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in the
front of the engine compartment on the
passenger side.

4 84
Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHT
D210000AEN When doors are unlocked by
the transmitter (or smart key),
CAUTION the map lamp and the room
Do not use the interior lights for lamp come on for approximate-
extended periods when the engine ly 30 seconds as long as any
is not running. door is not open. The map lamp
It may cause battery discharge. and the room lamp goes out
gradually after approximately 30
seconds if the door is closed.
However, if the ignition switch is
WARNING ON or all doors are locked, the
Do not use the interior lights when map lamp and the room lamp
driving in the dark. Accidents could OBH048083N will turn off immediately. If a
happen because the view may be D210100ABH-EU
door is opened with the ignition
obscured by interior lights. switch in the ACC or LOCK
Map lamp position, the map lamp and the
: Push the switch to turn the room lamp stays on for about 20
map lamp on or off. This light minutes. However, if a door is
produces a spot beam for con- opened with the ignition switch
venient use as a map lamp at in the ON position, the map
night or as a personal lamp for lamp and the room lamp stays
the driver and the front pas- on continuously.
senger. Also, if you turn the engine
start/stop button off or remove
DOOR : In the DOOR position, the map the ignition key from the ignition
lamp and the room lamp come switch when the room lamp is in
on when any door is opened off position with all doors
regardless of the ignition closed, the room lamp will turn
switch position. on.
ROOM : Push the switch to turn the
map lamp and the room lamp
on or off.

4 85
Features of your vehicle

OBH048084N OBH048085 OBH048086


D210200ABH-EU D210300ABH D210400AEN
Room lamp Trunk room lamp Door courtesy lamp
: Push the switch to turn the The trunk room lamp comes on when the (if equipped)
room lamp on or off. This light trunk is opened. The door courtesy lamp comes ON when
produces a spot beam for con- the door is opened to assist entering or
venient use as a room lamp at exiting the vehicle. It also serves as a
night or as a personal lamp for CAUTION warning to passing vehicles that the vehi-
the rear passenger. The trunk room lamp comes on as cle door is open.
DOME : Push the switch to turn the long as the trunk lid opens. To pre-
room lamp on or off. vent unnecessary charging system
drain, close the trunk lid securely
after using the trunk room.
CAUTION
Do not leave the lamp switches on
for an extended period of time when
the vehicle is not running.

4 86
Features of your vehicle

OBH048087 OEN046081 OBH041401


D210500ABH D210600AUN Welcome light (if equipped)
Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamp When all the doors (and trunk) are locked
The glove box lamp comes on when the Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will and closed, the puddle lamp will come on
glove box is opened. automatically turn on the mirror light. for about 15 seconds if any of the below is
performed.
- When the door unlock button is pressed
CAUTION CAUTION on the transmitter.
To prevent unnecessary charging To prevent unnecessary charging - When the door unlock button is pressed
system drain, close the glove box system drain, close the vanity mir- on the smart key.
securely after using the glove box. ror cover after using the mirror. - When the button of the outside door han-
dle is pressed.
- When the vehicle is approached with the
smart key in possession.
But, if you don't lock or unlock the doors for
14 days after you lock the doors, the light
does not come on. Press the door unlock
button on the transmitter/smart key or
press the button of the front outside door
handle. The welcome light will illuminate.
4 87
Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER
D220000AUN D220101AEN
Outside rearview mirror defroster
CAUTION (if equipped)
To prevent damage to the conduc- If your vehicle is equipped with the out-
tors bonded to the inside surface of side rearview mirror defrosters, they will
the rear window, never use sharp operate at the same time you turn on the
instruments or window cleaners rear window defroster.
containing abrasives to clean the
window. D220200AEN
Front wiper deicer (if equipped)
NOTICE If your vehicle is equipped with the front
If you want to defrost and defog the OBH048088 wiper deicer, it will be operating at the
front windshield, refer to Windshield same time you operate the rear window
D220100AEN
defrosting and defogging in this sec- defroster.
Rear window defroster
tion. The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
rear window, while the engine is running.
To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
located in the center facia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow on
the rear window, brush it off before oper-
ating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automatically
turns off after approximately 20 minutes
or when the ignition switch is turned off.
To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.
4 88
Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

Type A

1. AUTO (automatic control) button

2. Front windshield defrost button

3. Rear window defrost button

4. Air conditioning button

5. OFF button

6. Air intake control button

7. AQS (Air quality system) button (if equipped)


Type B
8. Dual temperature control selection button

9. Drivers temperature control button

10. Fan speed control button

11. Mode selection button

12. Passengers temperature control button

OBH042089N/OBH048089N
D240000ABH-EU

4 89
Features of your vehicle

2. Push the TEMP button to set the


desired temperature.
If the temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-
tem will operate continuously.
3. To turn the automatic operation off,
press any button except the tempera-
ture control button. If you press the
mode selection button, air conditioning
button, defrost button or air intake con-
trol button, or the fan speed button, the
selected function will be controlled
OBH048090N manually while other functions operate OBH048091
D240100ABH automatically.
Automatic heating and air condi- NOTICE
tioning For your convenience and to improve the
effectiveness of the climate control, use
Never place anything over the sensor
The automatic climate control system is located on the instrument panel to
controlled by simply setting the desired the AUTO button and set the temperature
to 73F (23C).
ensure better control of the heating and
temperature. cooling system.
The Full Automatic Temperature Control
(FATC) system automatically controls the
heating and cooling system as follows;

1. Push the AUTO button. The modes,


fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-
tioning will be controlled automatically
by temperature setting.

4 90
Features of your vehicle

D240200ABH
Manual heating and air condition-
ing
The heating and cooling system can be
controlled manually by pushing buttons
other than the AUTO button. In this case,
the system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons selected.

NOTICE
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected will
continue to be controlled automatically.

1. Start the engine.


2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed. OBH048093L
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to resume
to full automatic control of the system.

4 91
Features of your vehicle

Rear outlet vents (F)


The air flow of the Rear outlet vents is Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G)
delivered by the front climate control
system and delivered through the Air flow is directed toward the upper body
inside air duct of the front doors. If the and face. Additionally, each outlet can be
door is open or not closed completely, controlled to direct the air discharged
the air flow of the Rear outlet vent is from the outlet.
not delivered properly. Make sure the
front doors are closed completely.
The air flow of the Rear outlet vents
may be weaker than the instrument Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G)
panel vents due to the long air duct in Air flow is directed towards the face and
the front doors. OBH048092
the floor.
D240201ABH
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls the
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F, G)
direction of the air flow through the venti-
lation system.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
The air flow direction is cycled as follows: floor, with a small amount of the air being
directed to the windshield and side win-
dow defrosters.

Floor & Defrost


(A, C, D, E, F, G)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor


and the windshield with a small amount
directed to the side window defrosters.

4 92
Features of your vehicle

OBH048094N OBH048095L OBH048096


Defrost-Level (A, D) Instrument panel vents D240202ABH-EU
Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or closed Temperature control
windshield with a small amount of air separately using the horizontal thumb- The temperature will increase to the
directed to the side window defrosters. wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left to maximum (HI) by pushing the up ( )
the maximum position. To open the vent, button.
NOTICE rotate it right to the desired position. The temperature will decrease to the min-
The defrost mode is more effective when Also, you can adjust the direction of air imum (Lo) by pushing the down ( ) but-
a warmer air temperature setting is delivery from these vents using the vent ton.
selected. control lever as shown. When pushing the button, the tempera-
ture will increase or decrease by
1F/0.5C. When set to the lowest tem-
perature setting, the air conditioning will
operate continuously.

4 93
Features of your vehicle

Adjusting the driver and passenger side Type A


temperature equally
1. Press the DUAL button again to deac-
tivate DUAL mode. The passenger
side temperature will be set to the
same temperature as the driver side
temperature.
2. Press the left temperature control but-
ton. The driver and passenger side
temperature will be adjusted equally.
OBH042098N
Temperature conversion Type B
OBH042097N
If the battery has been discharged or dis-
Adjusting the driver and passenger side connected, the temperature mode dis-
temperature individually play will reset to Fahrenheit.
1. Press the DUAL button to operate the This is a normal condition.You can switch
driver and passenger side temperature the temperature mode between
individually. Pressing the right temper- Fahrenheit to Centigrade as follows;
ature control button will automatically While pressing the MODE button,
switch to the DUAL mode as well. depress the DUAL button for 3 seconds
2. Press the left temperature control to or more. The display will change from
adjust the driver side temperature. Fahrenheit to Centigrade, or from OBH048098
Press the right temperature control to Centigrade to Fahrenheit.
adjust the passenger side temperature. D240203AEN
Air intake control
This is used to select the outside (fresh)
When the driver side temperature is set
air position or recirculated air position.
to the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo) temper-
ature setting, the DUAL mode is deacti- To change the air intake control position,
vated for maximum heating or cooling. push the control button.

4 94
Features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position


With the recirculated air WARNING
position selected, air from Continued use of the climate con-
the passenger compart- trol system operation in the recir-
ment will be drawn through culated air position may allow
the heating system and humidity to increase inside the
heated or cooled according vehicle which may fog the glass
to the function selected. and obscure visibility.
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
Outside (fresh) air position air conditioning or heating system
Type A With the outside (fresh) air on. It may cause serious harm or
position selected, air death due to a drop in the oxygen
enters the vehicle from out- level and/or body temperature. OBH048099N
side and is heated or Continued use of the climate con- D240204ABH
cooled according to the trol system operation in the recir- Air quality System (if equipped)
Type B function selected. culated air position can cause The air inflow from outside the vehicle
drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss can be automatically controlled. Press
of vehicle control. Set the air intake the button to activate the air quality con-
control to the outside (fresh) air trol system.
position as much as possible while When using AQS mode, AQS(Air Quality
driving. System) automatically senses outdoor
NOTICE air pollutants and minimizes them from
Prolonged operation of the heater in the entering the vehicle, however, unpleas-
recirculated air position (without air ant or foul odors that might be present
conditioning selected) may cause fog- may still be noticeable within the vehicle.
ging of the windshield and side windows
and the air within the passenger com-
partment may become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air con-
ditioning with the recirculated air posi-
tion selected will result in excessively dry
air in the passenger compartment.

4 95
Features of your vehicle

Exhaust gas cutoff mode :


Air enters the vehicle from the outside.
If exhaust gas enters the vehicle from the
outside, the exhaust gas cutoff mode of
the Air Quality System automatically
switches from the outside air position to
the recirculated air position to prevent
exhaust gas from entering the vehicle.

NOTICE
It should be noted that prolonged oper-
ation of the heating system in recircula- OBH048100 OBH048101
tion mode will give rise to misting of the D240205ABH D240206AUN
windshield and side windows and the air
within the passenger compartment will Fan speed control Air conditioning
become stale. In addition, prolonged use The fan speed can be set to the desired Push the A/C button to manually turn the
of the air conditioning with the recircu- speed by pushing the fan speed control air conditioning system on (indicator light
lation mode selected may result in the button. will illuminate).
air within the passenger compartment The higher the fan speed is, the more air Push the button again to turn the air con-
becoming excessively dry. is delivered. ditioning system off.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
CAUTION NOTICE
If the windows fog up with the When AUTO mode and the desired tem-
Recirculation or A.Q.S mode select- perature has been selected, the Full
ed, set the air intake control to the Automatic Temperature Control
fresh air position or A.Q.S control (FATC) will select the A/C operation
to OFF. automatically in the background. The
A/C button is not illuminated at all
times during AUTO mode operation.

4 96
Features of your vehicle

System operation Operation Tips


D230501AUN To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from
Ventilation entering the car through the ventilation
system, temporarily set the air intake
1. Set the mode to the position.
control to the recirculated air position.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside Be sure to return the control to the
(fresh) air position. fresh air position when the irritation
3. Set the temperature control to the has passed to keep fresh air in the
desired position. vehicle. This will help keep the driver
4. Set the fan speed control to the alert and comfortable.
desired speed. Air for the heating/cooling system is
drawn in through the grilles just ahead
OBH048102 D230502AEN of the windshield. Care should be
D240208AUN Heating taken that these are not blocked by
OFF mode 1. Set the mode to the position. leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.
Push the OFF button to turn off the air cli- 2. Set the air intake control to the outside To prevent interior fog on the wind-
mate control system. However, you can (fresh) air position. shield, set the air intake control to the
still operate the mode and air intake but- fresh air position and fan speed to the
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position, turn on the air condi-
tons as long as the ignition switch is in desired position.
the ON position. tioning system, and adjust the temper-
4. Set the fan speed control to the ature control to desired temperature.
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
If the windshield fogs up, set the mode
to the or position.

4 97
Features of your vehicle

D230503AEN NOTICE Air conditioning system operation tips


Air conditioning When using the air conditioning sys- If the vehicle has been parked in direct
All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems tem, monitor the engine temperature sunlight during hot weather, open the
are filled with environmentally friendly gauge closely while driving up hills or windows for a short time to let the hot
R-134a refrigerant which does not dam- in heavy traffic when outside temper- air inside the vehicle escape.
age the ozone layer. atures are high. Air conditioning sys- To help reduce moisture inside of the
1. Start the engine. Push the air condi- tem operation may cause engine over- windows on rainy or humid days,
tioning button. heating. Continue to use the blower decrease the humidity inside the vehi-
2. Set the mode to the position. fan but turn the air conditioning sys- cle by operating the air conditioning
3. Set the air intake control to the outside tem off if the engine temperature system.
air or recirculated air position. gauge indicates engine overheating. During air conditioning system opera-
4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem- When opening the windows in humid tion, you may occasionally notice a
perature control to maintain maximum weather air conditioning may create slight change in engine speed as the
comfort. water droplets inside the vehicle. air conditioning compressor cycles.
Since excessive water droplets may This is a normal system operation
cause damage to electrical equipment, characteristic.
air conditioning should only be oper- Use the air conditioning system every
ated with the windows closed. month only for a few minutes to ensure
maximum system performance.

4 98
Features of your vehicle

When using the air conditioning sys- NOTICE


tem, you may notice clear water drip- Outside air Replace the filter every 15,000 miles
ping (or even puddling) on the ground (24,000 km) or once a year.
under the passenger side of the vehi- Recirculated If the car is being driven in severe
cle. This is a normal system operation air conditions such as dusty or rough
characteristic. roads, more frequent air conditioner
Operating the air conditioning system filter inspections and changes are
in the recirculated air position provides required.
maximum cooling, however, continual When the air flow rate suddenly
operation in this mode may cause the Blower decreases, the system should be
air inside the vehicle to become stale. Heater core checked at an authorized HYUNDAI
Climate control Evaporator
After sufficient cooling has been air filter dealer.
core
achieved, switch back from the recircu- 1LDA5047
lated air to the fresh outside air posi- D230300AEN
tion. Climate control air filter
During cooling operation, you may The climate control air filter installed
occasionally notice a misty air flow behind the glove box filters the dust or
because of rapid cooling and humid air other pollutants that come into the vehi-
intake. This is a normal system opera- cle from the outside through the heating
tion characteristic. and air conditioning system. If dust or
other pollutants accumulate in the filter
over a period of time, the air flow from the
air vents may decrease, resulting in
moisture accumulation on the inside of
the windshield even when the outside
(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, have the climate control air filter
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

4 99
Features of your vehicle

D230400AEN
Checking the amount of air con-
ditioner refrigerant and compres-
sor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning is
reduced. Overfilling also has a negative
impact on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OBH049111N
NOTICE D231000BBH-EU
It is important when servicing the air Rear vent
conditioning system that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrigerant is It will operate at the same time when you
used. Otherwise, damage to the com- operate the climate control system.
pressor and abnormal system operation You can adjust the temperature by turn-
may occur. ing the temperature control knob. Turn
the knob to the red mark when warm air
is desired, or to the blue mark when cool
WARNING air is desired.
The air conditioning system should The outlet vents can be opened or closed
be serviced by an authorized using the thumbwheel. To close the vent,
HYUNDAI dealer. Improper service rotate it down to the maximum position.
may cause serious injury to the To open the vent, rotate it up to the
person performing the service. desired position.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivery from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.

4 100
Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING


D250000AEN For maximum defrosting, set the tem-
perature control to the extreme
WARNING - Windshield right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
heating
If warm air to the floor is desired while
Do not use the or position
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
during cooling operation in
to the floor-defrost position.
extremely humid weather. The dif-
ference between the temperature of Before driving, clear all snow and ice
the outside air and that of the wind- from the windshield, rear window, out-
shield could cause the outer sur- side rear view mirrors, and all side win-
face of the windshield to fog up, dows.
causing loss of visibility could Clear all snow and ice from the hood
and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve OBH049103
cause an accident resulting in seri-
ous injury or death. In this case, set heater and defroster efficiency and to D250201AEN-EU
the mode selection knob or button reduce the probability of fogging up the To defog inside windshield
to the position and fan speed inside of the windshield. 1. Select desired fan speed.
control knob or button to a lower 2. Select desired temperature.
speed. NOTICE 3. Press the defrost button ( ).
If the engine temperature is still cold 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be
after starting, then a brief engine warm selected automatically.
up period may be required for the vent- If the outside (fresh) air position is not
ed air flow to become warm or hot. selected automatically, adjust the corre-
sponding button manually.
If the position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

4 101
Features of your vehicle

D250300AUN-EU
Defogging logic
To reduce the possibility of fogging up
the inside of the windshield, the air intake
is controlled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
position. To cancel or return the defog-
ging logic, perform the following steps:

OBH049104 OBH048105
D250202AEN-EU D250302AUN
To defrost outside windshield 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-
1. Set the fan speed to the highest tion.
(extreme right) position. 2. Select the defrost position pressing
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot defrost button ( ).
(HI) position. 3. While holding the air conditioning but-
3. Press the defrost button ( ). ton (A/C) pressed, press the air intake
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be control button at least 5 times within 3
selected automatically. seconds.
If the position is selected, lower fan The indicator on the air intake control
speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed. button blinks 3 times with 0.5 second of
interval. It indicates that the defogging
logic is canceled or returned to the pro-
grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-


connected, the system resets to the pre-
programmed defogging logic.

4 102
Features of your vehicle

If higher level of moisture has been NOTICE


sensed in the vehicle, the auto defogging If the A/C off or recirculated air posi-
system will operate in the following order. tion is manually selected while the
For example if auto defogging does not auto defogging system is on, the auto
defog inside the windshield at step 1 defogging indicator will blink 3 times
Outside air position, it tries to defog again to give notice that manual operation is
at step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield. canceled.
If the air quality system (AQS) is
Step 1 : Outside air position selected while the auto defogging sys-
Step 2 : Blowing air toward the wind- tem is operating at the step 1 outside
shield air position, the recirculated air posi-
Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward the tion may operate when the outside air
OBH048106L
windshield is polluted.
D250305ABH Step 4 : Operating the air conditioning
Auto defogging system (if equipped) Step 5 : Maximizing the air conditioning CAUTION
Auto defogging reduces the probability of Do not remove the sensor cover
fogging up the inside of the windshield by located on the upper end of the pas-
If your vehicle is equipped with the auto
automatically sensing the moisture on senger side windshield glass.
defogging system, it is automatically acti-
the inside of the windshield. Damage to system parts could
vated when the conditions are met.
The auto defogging system operates However, if you would like to cancel the occur and may not be covered by
when the heater or air conditioning is on. auto defogging system, press the front your vehicle warranty.
defroster button 4 times within 2 seconds
This indicator illuminates while pressing the AUTO button. The
when the auto defogging indicator will blink 3 times to notify you
system senses the moisture that the system is cancelled. To use the
on the inside of the wind- auto defogging system again, follow the
shield and operates. procedures mentioned above.
If the battery has been disconnected or
discharged, it resets to the auto defog-
ging status.

4 103
Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
D270000AUN
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the driver
or passengers.

CAUTION
To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
Always keep the storage com-
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to place OBH041112N OBH041113N
so many items in the storage
D270100ABH D270200ABH
compartment that the storage
compartment cover cannot close Center console storage Glove box
securely. These compartments can be used to The glove box can be locked and
store small items required by the driver unlocked with a master key (or the
or front passenger. mechanical key of the smart key) (1).
To open the center console storage, push To open the glove box, push the button
WARNING - Flammable the button (1) or (2). (2) and the glove box will automatically
materials open (3). Close the glove box after use.
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other flamma-
ble/explosive materials in the vehi-
cle. These items may catch fire
and/or explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.

4 104
Features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an Do not keep objects except sun-
accident or sudden stop, always glasses inside the sunglass hold-
keep the glove box door closed er. Such objects can be thrown
while driving. from the holder in the event of a
sudden stop or an accident, pos-
sibly injuring the passengers in
the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not open the sunglass holder
Do not keep food in the glove box while the vehicle is moving. The
for a long time. rear view mirror of the vehicle
OBH048114 can be blocked by an open sun-
D270300AUN glass holder.
Sunglass holder
To open the sunglass holder, press the
cover and the holder will slowly open.
Place your sunglasses in the compart-
ment door with the lenses facing out.
Push to close.

4 105
Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES

WARNING
Do not hold the lighter in after it
is already heated because it will
overheat.
If the lighter does not pop out
within 30 seconds, remove it to
prevent overheating.

CAUTION
OBH048116 Only a genuine HYUNDAI lighter OBH048115
D280100ABH should be used in the cigarette D280200ABH
Cigarette lighter lighter socket. The use of plug-in Ashtray
accessories (shavers, hand-held
For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni- vacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) may
tion switch must be in the ACC position damage the socket or cause electri- WARNING - Ashtray use
or the ON position. cal failure. Do not use the vehicles ashtrays
To open the cover, push the cover for- as waste receptacles.
ward. Putting lit cigarettes or matches in
To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the an ashtray with other combustible
way into its socket. When the element materials may cause a fire.
has heated, the lighter will pop out to the
ready position.
To open the cover, push the cover for-
If it is necessary to replace the cigarette ward. To clean the ashtray, the plastic
lighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAI receptacle should be removed by lifting
replacement or its approved equivalent. the plastic ash receptacle upward and
pulling it out.

4 106
Features of your vehicle

D280300ABH-EU Front
Cup holder

WARNING - Hot liquids


Do not place uncovered cups of
hot liquid in the cup holder while
the vehicle is in motion. If the hot
liquid spills, you could be burned.
Such a burn to the driver could
lead to loss of control of the vehi-
cle. OBH048117

To reduce the risk of personal Rear


OVI049201
injury in the event of sudden stop
Sunvisor
or collision, do not place uncov-
ered or unsecured bottles, glass- Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
es, cans, etc., in the cup holder through the front or side windows.
while the vehicle is in motion. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor for the side window,
pull it downward, unsnap it from the
bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).
WARNING To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
Keep cans or bottles out of direct OBH038018N visor and slide the mirror cover (3).
sun light and do not put them in a Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or
Cups or small beverage cans may be
vehicle that is heated up. It may backward (4).
placed in the cup holders.
explode.
Front The ticket holder (5) is provided for hold-
To open the cover, press the cover and it ing a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)
will slowly open.

Rear
To open the cover, pull the cover.

4 107
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION - Vanity mirror CAUTION


lamp Use the power outlet only when
Close the vanity mirror cover the engine is running and remove
securely and return the sunvisor to the accessory plug after use.
its original position after use. If the Using the accessory plug for pro-
vanity mirror is not closed securely, longed periods of time with the
the lamp will stay on and could engine off could cause the bat-
result in battery discharge and pos- tery to discharge.
sible sunvisor damage. Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A in elec-
tric capacity.
OBH041119N Adjust the air-conditioner or
WARNING
For your safety, do not obstruct your D280500AEN heater to the lowest operating
vision when using the sunvisor. Power outlet level when using the power outlet.
The power outlet is designed to provide Close the cover when not in use.
power for mobile telephones or other Some electronic devices can
devices designed to operate with vehicle cause electronic interference
electrical systems. The devices should when plugged into a vehicles
draw less than 10 amps with the engine power outlet. These devices may
running. cause excessive audio static and
malfunctions in other electronic
systems or devices used in your
vehicle.

4 108
Features of your vehicle

D280601AUN
WARNING Hour (1)
Do not put a finger or a foreign ele- Pressing the H button with your finger, a
ment (pin, etc.) into a power outlet pencil or similar object will advance the
and do not touch with a wet hand. time displayed by one hour.
You may get an electric shock.
D280602AUN
Minute (2)
Pressing the M button with your finger, a
pencil or similar object will advance the
time displayed by one minute.
OBH048121L
D280603ABH
D280600AEN
Reset (3)
Digital clock To clear away minutes, press the R but-
ton with your finger, a pencil or similar
WARNING object. Then the clock will be set precise-
Do not adjust the clock while driv- ly on the hour.
ing. You may lose your steering For example, if the R button is pressed
control and cause an accident that while the time is between 9:01 and 9:29,
results in severe personal injury or the display will be reset to 9:00.
death. 9:01 ~ 9:29 display changed to 9:00
9:30 ~ 9:59 display changed to 10:00
Whenever the battery terminals or relat-
ed fuses are disconnected, you must
reset the time.
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position, the clock buttons operate as
follows:

4 109
Features of your vehicle

D280604AEN Type A If the battery has been discharged or


Display conversion disconnected, the temperature mode
To change the 12 hour format to the 24 display will reset to Fahrenheit.
hour format, press the R button until the This is a normal condition. You can
display blinks. switch the temperature mode between
For example, if the R button is pressed Fahrenheit to Centigrade as follows;
while the time is 10:15 p.m., the display While pressing the MODE button,
will be changed to 22:15. depress the DUAL button for 3 sec-
onds or more. The display will change
from Fahrenheit to Centigrade, or from
OBH048222N
Centigrade to Fahrenheit.
Type B The outside temperature on the display
may not change immediately like a
general thermometer to prevent the
driver from being inattentive.

OBH041400N
D281200ABH
Outside thermometer
The current outside temperature is dis-
played in 1F (1C) increments. The tem-
perature range is between -30F~140F
(-30C ~ 60C).

4 110
Features of your vehicle

Type A Type B
WARNING
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to
the vehicle.
Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
OBH048209 OXM049228
Do not stack floor mats on top of
D280800AEN B571A03Y-AAT one another (e.g. all-weather rubber
Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped) mat on top of a carpeted floor mat).
When using a floor mat on the front floor Only a single floor mat should be
CAUTION carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor installed in each position.
Do not hang heavy clothes, since mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keeps IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was man-
those may damage the hook. the floor mat from sliding forward. ufactured with driver's side floor
mat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, HYUNDAI recommends
that only the HYUNDAI floor mat
designed for use in your vehicle be
installed.

4 111
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, care should be taken
when carrying fragile or bulky
objects in the luggage compart-
ment.

WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-
OBH048125
stretch the luggage net, ALWAYS OBH048126
keep your face and body out of the
D281000AEN D281500ABH
luggage nets recoil path. DO NOT
Luggage net (holder) use when the strap has visible Rear curtain (if equipped)
(if equipped) signs of wear or damage. To fold the rear curtain, depress the but-
To keep items from shifting in the cargo ton. To unfold the rear curtain, depress
area, you can use the 4 holders located the button again.
in the cargo area to attach the luggage The rear curtain will be folded automati-
net. cally when you shift the shift lever into R
(Reverse) and unfolded automatically
when you shift the shift lever from R
(Reverse) into P (Park).
After the rear curtain is folded by shifting
the shift lever into R (Reverse), if you
drive more than 20km/h with the shift
lever in D (Drive), the rear curtain will be
unfolded automatically.

4 112
Features of your vehicle

Type A
CAUTION
Do not pull or fold the rear curtain
by hand. It could cause motor fail-
ure.

OBH048139N
Type B
OBH041141N
D281400AFD
Aux, USB and iPod port
If your vehicle has an aux and/or
USB(universal serial bus) port or iPod
port, you can use an aux port to connect
audio devices and a USB port to plug in a
USB, and an iPod port to plug in an iPod.

NOTICE OBH049139N
When using a portable audio device D281800ABH
connected to the power outlet, noise may Navigation system (if equipped)
occur during playback. If this happens, The navigation system ascertains the
use the power source of the portable present position of your vehicle by using
audio device. information from satellites and guides
you to the place you assign as the desti-
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc. nation.

4 113
Features of your vehicle

Detailed information for the navigation D281900ABH


system is described in a separately sup- Bluetooth hands-free
plied manual. (if equipped)
You can use a wireless bluetooth phone.
Detailed information for the Bluetooth
hands-free is described in a separate
manual.

OBH048139L
D282000ABH
DIS (Driver Information System)
(if equipped)
Information for DIS is provided in the DIS
manual.

4 114
Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM
NOTICE
If you install an aftermarket HID head-
lamp, your vehicle's audio and electron-
ic device may malfunction.

OBH048136
Antenna
D300102ABH
Glass antenna (if equipped)
When the radio power switch is turned on
while the ignition key is in either the ON OBH048137N
or ACC position, your car will receive both D300200AEN
AM and FM broadcast signals through the Steering wheel audio control
antenna in the rear window glass.
The steering wheel may incorporate
audio control buttons.
CAUTION
Do not clean the inside of the rear
window glass with a cleaner or CAUTION
scraper to remove foreign Do not operate audio remote con-
deposits as this may cause dam- trol buttons simultaneously.
age to the antenna elements.
Avoid adding metallic coatings
such as Ni, Cd, and so on. These
can disturb receiving AM and FM
broadcast signals.

4 115
Features of your vehicle

D300204ABH RADIO mode FM radio reception


VOLUME ( / ) (1) It will function as the PRESET STATION
Press the up button ( ) to increase select buttons.
volume.
Press the down button ( ) to CD player mode
decrease volume. It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWN

button.
D300203AEN
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) CD changer mode
If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWN
for 0.8 second or more, it will work as fol- button.
lows in each mode. JBM001
Detailed information for audio control D300800AEN-EU
RADIO mode buttons is included in the following pages How car audio works
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select in this section.
button. It will SEEK until you release the AM and FM radio signals are broadcast
button. from transmitter towers located around
D300205ABH your city. They are intercepted by the
MODE (3) radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal
CD player mode Press the MODE button to select Radio, is then received by the radio and sent to
It will function as the FF/REW button. CD (Compact Disc) or CDC (Compact your vehicle speakers.
Disc Changer, if equipped). When a strong radio signal has reached
CD changer mode your vehicle, the precise engineering of
It will function as the DISC UP/DOWN D300205AEN your audio system ensures the best pos-
button. MUTE (4) (if equipped) sible quality reproduction. However, in
Press the MUTE button to cancel the some cases the signal coming to your
If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed sound. vehicle may not be strong and clear. This
for less than 0.8 second, it will work as can be due to factors such as the dis-
Press the MUTE button again to acti- tance from the radio station, closeness of
follows in each mode. vate the sound. other strong radio stations or the pres-
ence of buildings, bridges or other large
obstructions in the area.

4 116
Features of your vehicle

AM radio receptionreception FM radio station

JBM002 JBM003 JBM004


AM broadcasts can be received at FM broadcasts are transmitted at high Fading - As your car moves away from
greater distances than FM broadcasts. frequencies and do not bend to follow the the radio station, the signal will weaken
This is because AM radio waves are earth's surface. Because of this, FM and sound will begin to fade. When this
transmitted at low frequencies. These broadcasts generally begin to fade at occurs, we suggest that you select
long, low frequency radio waves can fol- short distances from the station. Also, another stronger station.
low the curvature of the earth rather than FM signals are easily affected by build- Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
travelling straight out into the atmos- ings, mountains, or other obstructions. large obstructions between the trans-
phere. In addition, they curve around These can result in certain listening con- mitter and your radio can disturb the
obstructions so that they can provide bet- ditions which might lead you to believe a signal causing static or fluttering nois-
ter signal coverage. problem exists with your radio. The fol- es to occur. Reducing the treble level
lowing conditions are normal and do not may lessen this effect until the distur-
indicate radio trouble: bance clears.

4 117
Features of your vehicle

Satellite radio reception If you are driving on a mountain road


You may experience problems in receiv- where the signal is blocked by moun-
ing XM satellite radio signals in the fol- tains.
lowing situations.

JBM005
Station Swapping - As a FM signal
weakens, another more powerful sig-
nal near the same frequency may SATELITE2
begin to play. This is because your SATELITE1
radio is designed to lock onto the clear- If you are driving in an area with tall
est signal. If this occurs, select anoth- If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov- trees that block the signal (30ft./10m or
er station with a stronger signal. ered parking area. more); for example, on a road through
If you are driving beneath the top level a dense forest.
Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals
being received from several directions of a multi-level freeway. The signal can become weak in some
can cause distortion or fluttering. This If you drive under a bridge. areas that are not covered by the XMTM
can be caused by a direct and reflect- repeater network.
If you are driving next to a tall vehicle
ed signal from the same station, or by (such as a truck or a bus) that block the
signals from two stations with close signal. Please note that these may be other
frequencies. If this occurs, select unforeseen circumstances when there
If you are driving in a valley where the
another station until the condition has are problems with the reception of XM
surrounding hills or peaks block the
passed. satellite radio signal.
signal from the satellite.

4 118
Features of your vehicle

Using a cellular phone or a two-way Care of discs Keep CDs in their cases after use to
radio If the temperature inside the car is too protect them from scratches or dirt.
When a cellular phone is used inside the high, open the car windows for ventila- Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-
vehicle, noise may be produced from the tion before using your car audio. RW CDs, certain CDs may not operate
audio equipment. This does not mean It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMA normally depending upon manufactur-
that something is wrong with the audio files without permission. Use CDs that ing companies or processes and
equipment. In such a case, use the cellu- are created only by lawful means. recording methods. In such circum-
lar phone at a place as far as possible stances, if you still continue to use
Do not apply volatile agents such as
from the audio equipment. those CDs, they may cause the mal-
benzene and thinner, normal cleaners
function of your car audio system.
and magnetic sprays made for ana-
CAUTION logue discs onto CDs.
When using a communication sys- To prevent the disc surface from get- NOTICE - Playing an
tem such a cellular phone or a radio ting damaged, hold and carry CDs by Incompatible Copy
set inside the vehicle, a separate the edges or the edges of the center Protected Audio CD
external antenna must be fitted. hole only. Some copy protected CDs, which do not
When a cellular phone or a radio set Clean the disc surface with a piece of comply with the international audio CD
is used with an internal antenna soft cloth before playback (wipe it from standards (Red Book), may not play on
alone, it may interfere with the vehi- the center to the outside edge). your car audio. Please note that if you
cle's electrical system and adverse- Do not damage the disc surface or try to play copy protected CDs and the
ly affect safe operation of the vehi- attach pieces of sticky tape or paper CD player does not perform correctly,
cle. onto it. the CDs maybe defective, not the CD
Make sure nothing other than CDs are player.
inserted into the CD player (Do not
WARNING insert more than one CD at a time).
Don't use a cellular phone when
you are driving. You should stop at
a safe place to use a cellular phone.

4 119
Features of your vehicle

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (CD Player : PA710BH)

1. FM/AM Button
2. POWER Button & VOLUME Knob
3. SEEK Button
4. PRESET Buttons
5. DISPLAY (Screen ON/OFF) Button
6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
7. SCAN Button

BH_PA710BH_RADIO

4 120
Features of your vehicle

Using RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME 4. PRESET Buttons 7. SCAN Button


Control Press [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 second Press to hear a brief sampling of all sta-
to play the channel saved in each button. tions on the frequency band. When you
1. FM/AM Button Press preset button for 0.8 second or press this button again at this moment, you
Turns to FM or AM mode, and toggles in longer to save current channel to the can receive the broadcasting that you
the order of FM1 FM2 AM FM1... respective button with a beep. choose.
when the button is pressed each time.
5. DISPLAY (Screen ON/OFF)
2. POWER Button & VOLUME Button
Knob Turns the displayed data and light on/off
on the LCD.
Turns the set on/off when the IGNITION
SWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the button
is turned to the right, it increases the vol- 6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
ume and left, decreases the volume. When you rotate to clockwise or counter-
clockwise, the frequency increases or
decreases by each step.
3. SEEK Button General(AM 9kHz, FM 100kHz), USA
When the [SEEK ] button is pressed, (AM 10kHz, FM 200kHz)
it reduces the band frequency to auto- When you press this button, enter the
matically select a channel. Stops at the SETUP mode. If no action is taken for 5
previous frequency if no channel is seconds after pressing the button, it will
found. return to the play mode. (After entering
When the [SEEK ] button is pressed, SETUP mode, move between items
it increases the band frequency to auto- using the left, right and push functions of
matically select a channel. Stops at the the TUNE/SETUP button.)
previous frequency if no channel is
found.

4 121
Features of your vehicle

CD (CD Player : PA710BH)

1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. CD Button
4. TRACK Button
5. SCAN Button
6. CD Eject Button
7. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
8. INFO Button
9. FOLDER Button
10. CD Indicator
11. CD Slot

BH_PA710BH_CD

4 122
Features of your vehicle

Using CD Player 4. TRACK Button 7. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button


Press [TRACK ] button for less than Turn this button clockwise to display
1. RANDOM Button 0.8 second to play from the beginning songs after current song.
Turns on/off the randomization of the of current song. Also, turn this button counterclockwise to
play list of files in the currently played Press [TRACK ] button for less than display songs before current song.
DISC. To cancel the mode, press the but- 0.8 second and press again within 1 To listen to the displayed song, press the
ton once again. second to play the previous song. button to skip to the song and play.
Press [TRACK ] button for 0.8 sec-
2. REPEAT Button ond or longer to initiate reverse direc- 8. INFO Button
Repeats current song when the button is tion high speed sound search of cur- Displays the information of the current
pressed for less than 0.8 second. rent song. CD TRACK (or FILE) in the order of DISC
Repeats the entire DISC when the button Press [TRACK ] button for less than TITLEDISC ARTISTTRACK TITLE
is pressed for 0.8 second or longer. 0.8 second to play the next song. TRACK ARTISTTOTALPlay Screen
Press [TRACK ] button for 0.8 sec- DISC TITLE... when the button is pressed
3. CD Button ond or longer to initiate high speed each time.
Turns to CD mode. sound search of current song.
9. FOLDER Button
5. SCAN Button Press [FOLDER ] button child folder
Play first 10 seconds of each song in the of the current folder and display the first
DISC. To cancel the mode, press the but- song in the folder. Press TUNE/SETUP
ton once again. button to move to the folder displayed. It
will play the first song in the folder.
6. CD Eject Button Press [FOLDER ] button parent fold-
Press button to eject the CD during er and displays the first song in the fold-
CD playback. This button is enabled er. Press TUNE/SETUP button to move
when ignition switch is off. to the folder displayed. It will play the
first song in the folder. (MP3 only)

4 123
Features of your vehicle

10. CD Indicator (Continued)


When the ignition switch is in ACC or ON CAUTION IN USING
An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not
and if the CD is loaded, this indicator USB DEVICE recognizable.
icon is on. If the CD is ejected the icon is To use an external USB device,
Depending on the condition of
off. make sure the device is not con-
the external USB device, the con-
nected when starting up the vehi-
nected external USB device can
11. CD Slot cle. Connect the device after
be unrecognizable.
starting up.
Insert CD with printed side upward and When the formatted byte/sector
If you start the engine when the
gently push in. When the ignition switch setting of External USB device is
USB device is connected, it may
is on ACC or ON and power is off, power not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,
damage the USB device. (USB
is automatically turned on if the CD is then the device will not be recog-
flashdrives are very sensitive to
loaded. This CDP supports 12 cm CDs. nized.
electric shock.)
But if a VCD, Data CD, or DVD are Use only a USB device formatted
loaded, "Media Error" message will If the engine is started up or
to FAT 12/16/32.
appear. turned off while the external USB
device is connected, the external USB devices without USB I/F
USB device may not work. authentication may not be recog-
nizable.
It may not play inauthentic MP3 or
WMA files. Make sure the USB connection
terminal does not come in contact
1) It can only play MP3 files with
with the human body or other
the compression rate between
objects.
8Kbps~320Kbps.
If you repeatedly connect or dis-
2) It can only play WMA music
connect the USB device in a short
files with the compression rate
period of time, it may break the
between 8Kbps~320Kbps.
device.
Take precautions for static electrici-
You may hear a strange noise
ty when connecting or disconnect-
when connecting or disconnect-
ing the external USB device.
ing a USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)

4 124
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)


If you disconnect the external USB If the USB device is divided by The data in the USB memory may
device during playback in USB logical drives, only the music files be lost while using this audio.
mode, the external USB device can on the highest-priority drive are Always back up important data on
be damaged or may malfunction. recognized by car audio. a personal storage device.
Therefore, disconnect the external Devices such as MP3 Player/ Please avoid using USB memory
USB device when the audio is Cellular phone/Digital camera can products which can be used as
turned off or in another mode. (e.g, be unrecognizable by standard key chains or cellular phone
Radio, XM or CD) USB I/F can be unrecognizable. accessories as they could cause
Depending on the type and capac- Charging through the USB may damage to the USB jack. Please
ity of the external USB device or not be supported in some mobile make certain only to use plug type
the type of the files stored in the devices. connector products as shown
device, there is a difference in the A car exclusive cable (provided below.
time taken for recognition of the or sold separately) is required to
device. use the iPod.
Do not use the USB device for pur- Some non-standard USB devices
poses other than playing music files. (METAL COVER TYPE USB) can be
Playing videos through the USB is unrecognizable.
not supported. Some USB flash memory readers
Use of USB accessories such as (such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or
rechargers or heaters using USB external-HDD type devices can be
I/F may lower performance or unrecognizable.
cause trouble. Music files protected by DRM
If you use devices such as a USB (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)
hub purchased separately, the are not recognizable.
vehicles audio system may not (Continued)
recognize the USB device. In that
case, connect the USB device
directly to the multimedia termi-
nal of the vehicle.
(Continued)

4 125
Features of your vehicle

USB (CD Player : PA710BH)

1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. USB Button
4. TRACK Button
5. SCAN Button
6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
7. INFO Button
8. FOLDER Button

BH_PA710BH_USB

4 126
Features of your vehicle

Using USB device 4. TRACK Button 6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
Using a USB that is connected to the Press [TRACK ] button for less than Turn this button clockwise to display
multiple terminal inside the console on 0.8 second to play from the beginning songs after the current song.
the right hand side of the driver's seat. of current song. Also, turn this button counterclockwise to
Press [TRACK ] button for less than display songs before the current song.
1. RANDOM Button 0.8 second and press again within 1 To listen to the displayed song, press the
seconds to play the previous song. button to skip to the song and play.
Turns on/off the randomization of the
play list of files in the currently played Press [TRACK ] button for 0.8 sec-
folder. Press the button for more than 0.8 ond or longer to initiate reverse direc- 7. INFO Button
second to randomly play the entire songs tion high speed sound search of cur- Displays the information of the file cur-
in the USB device. To cancel the mode, rent song. rently played in order of FILETITLE
press the button once again. Press [TRACK ] button for less than ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL
0.8 second to play the next song. Play ScreenFILE... when the button is
2. REPEAT Button Press [TRACK ] button for 0.8 sec- pressed each time.
Repeats current song when the button is ond or longer to initiate high speed
pressed for less than 0.8 second. sound search of current song. 8. FOLDER Button
Repeats the entire folder when the button Press [FOLDER ] button sub folder of
is pressed for 0.8 second or longer. 5. SCAN Button the current folder and display the first
Play first 10 seconds of each song in the song in the folder. Press TUNE/SETUP
3. USB Button folder. To cancel the mode, press the but- button to move to the folder displayed. It
If USB device is connected, it switches to ton once again. will play the first song in the folder.
the USB mode from CD mode to play the Press [FOLDER ] button main folder
song files stored in the USB. and displays the first song in the folder.
If the auxiliary device is connected, it Press TUNE/SETUP button to move to
turns to AUX mode to play the sound the folder displayed. It will play the first
from the auxiliary player. song in the folder. (MP3 only)

4 127
Features of your vehicle

iPod (CD Player : PA710BH)

1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. iPod Button
4. TRACK Button
5. CATEGORY Button
6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
7. INFO Button

iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc. BH_PA710BH_iPod

4 128
Features of your vehicle

Using iPod 4. TRACK Button 5. CATEGORY Button


Using an iPod when the exclusive cable Press the [TRACK ] button for less Press [CAT FOLDER / ] button to
is connected to the multiple terminal than 0.8 second to play from the begin- move the category and display the first
inside the console on the right hand side ning of the current song. song in the category. Press [TUNE/
of the driver's seat. SETUP] button to move to the category
Press the [TRACK ] button for less
than 0.8 second and press again with- displayed. It will play the first song in the
1. RANDOM Button in 1 seconds to play the previous song. folder.
Press the button for less than 0.8 second Press the [TRACK ] button for 0.8 (PLAYLISTS ARTISTS ALBUMS
to activate or deactivate the random play- second or longer to initiate reverse GENRES SONGS COMPOSERS
back of the songs within the current cat- direction high speed sound search of PLAYLISTS ...)
egory. Press the button for longer than current song.
0.8 second to randomly play all songs in Press the [TRACK ] button for less
6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
the entire album of the iPod. Press the than 0.8 second to play the next song. Turn this button clockwise or counter-
button once again to cancel the mode. clockwise, it will display the category
Press the [TRACK ] button for 0.8
menu. To select the displayed menu,
second or longer to initiate high speed
2. REPEAT Button press the button.
sound search of current song.
Repeats the song currently played.
7. INFO Button
3. iPod Button Displays the information of the file cur-
rently played in order of TITLEARTIST
If an iPod is connected, the system
ALBUMPlay ScreenTITLE...
switches to the iPod mode to play the
song files stored in the iPod.

4 129
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE FOR USING THE CAUTION IN USING THE (Continued)


iPod DEVICE iPod DEVICE When the iPod cable is connected,
Some iPod models might not sup- the system can be switched to AUX
The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cable mode even without iPod device
port the communication protocol is needed in order to operate iPod
and the files will not be played. and may cause noise. Disconnect
with the audio buttons on the the iPod cable when you are not
Supported iPod models: audio system. The USB cable pro-
- iPod Mini using the iPod device.
vided by Apple may cause mal-
- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic) When not using iPod with car
function and should not be used
generation audio, detach the iPod cable from
for HYUNDAI vehicles.
- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation iPod. Otherwise, iPod may remain
The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cable in accessory mode, and may not
- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation
The order of search or playback of may be purchased through your work properly.
songs in the iPod can be different HYUNDAI Dealership.
from the order searched in the When connecting iPod with the Detachable USB/AUX All-in-one USB/AUX
audio system. iPod Power Cable, insert the con-
If the iPod disabled due to its own nector to the multimedia socket
malfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset: completely. If not inserted com-
Refer to iPod manual) pletely, communications between
An iPod may not operate normally iPod and audio may be interrupted.
on low battery. When adjusting the sound effects of
Some iPod devices, such as the the iPod and the audio system, the
iPhone, can be connected through the sound effects of both devices will When connecting the iPod, use the
Bluetooth interface. The device overlap and might reduce or distort USB/AUX terminals.
must have audio Bluetooth capabili- the quality of the sound. When disconnecting the iPod,
ty (such as for stereo headphone Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer disconnect both the USB/AUX ter-
Bluetooth). The device can play, but function of an iPod when adjust- minal.
it will not be controlled by the audio ing the audio systems volume, The iPod exclusive cable must be
system. and turn off the equalizer of the connected to both the USB/AUX
audio system when using the terminals for iPod charging and
equalizer of an iPod. operations to be supported.
(Continued)

4 130
Features of your vehicle

XM Satellite Radio (CD Player : PA710BH)

1. XM Button
2. SEEK Button
3. SCAN Button
4. PRESET Buttons
5. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
6. INFO Button
7. CAT/FOLDER Button

BH_PA710BH_XM RADIO

4 131
Features of your vehicle

Using XM Satellite Radio 3. SCAN Button 6. INFO Button


Press to hear a brief sampling of all Displays the information of the current
1. XM Button channels. To cancel the scan mode, channel in the order of Artist/Song title
Turns to XM Satellite Radio Mode. press the button once again. Category/Channel nameCurrent Play
ChannelArtist/Song titleCategory/Cha-
XM mode toggles in order to XM1XM2 nnel name... when the button is pressed
XM3XM1... when the button is pressed 4. PRESET Buttons each time.
each time.
Push [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec- If the complete text information is not dis-
ond to play the channel saved in each played, rotate the tune button to see the
2. SEEK Button button. Push pre-set button for 0.8 sec- next page.
Press the [SEEK ] button for less ond or longer to save the current channel
than 0.8 second to select previous to the respective button with a beep.
channel. 7. CAT/FOLDER Button
Press the [SEEK ] button for 0.8 sec- 5. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button Press [CAT ] button to search previ-
ond or longer to continuously move to Turn this button clockwise to display ous category.
previous channel. channels after. Press [CAT ] button to search next
Press the [SEEK ] button for less Also, turn this button counterclockwise to category.
than 0.8 second to select next channel. display channels before current channel. To listen to the displayed category, press
Press the [SEEK ] button for 0.8 sec- XM setup mode : It will be able to change the TUNE/SETUP button.
ond or longer to continuously move to the XM display. (ex, Display by category/ To scan channel in displayed category,
next channel. channel or artist/song title.) press the scan button.
Radio ID : Seek or Tune to XM channel To search channel in displayed category,
0 to display the Radio ID. press seek buttons or turn the tune but-
ton clockwise/counterclockwise.
(CATEGORY icon will be turned on in
Category mode)

4 132
Features of your vehicle

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (CD Changer : PA760BH)

1. FM/AM Button
2. POWER Button & VOLUME Knob
3. SEEK Button
4. PRESET Buttons
5. DISPLAY(Screen ON/OFF) Button
6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
7. SCAN Button

Lexicon mark is optional BH_PA760BH_RADIO

4 133
Features of your vehicle

Using RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME 4. PRESET Buttons 7. SCAN Button


Control Push [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 second Press to hear a brief sampling of all sta-
to play the channel saved in each button. tions on the frequency band. When you
1. FM/AM Button Push pre-set button for 0.8 second or press this button again at this moment, you
Turns to FM or AM mode, and toggles in longer to save the current channel to the can receive the broadcasting that you
the order of FM1 FM2 AM FM1... respective button with a beep. choose.
when the button is pressed each time.
5. DISPLAY(Screen ON/OFF)
2. POWER Button & VOLUME Button
Knob Turns on/off the displayed data and light
on the LCD.
Turns the set on/off when the IGNITION
SWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the button
is turned to the right, it increases the vol- 6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
ume and left, decreases the volume. When you rotate to clockwise or counter-
clockwise, the frequency increases or
decreases by each step.
3. SEEK Button General(AM 9kHz, FM 100kHz), USA
When the [SEEK ] button is pressed, (AM 10kHz, FM 200kHz)
it reduces the band frequency to auto- When you press this button, enter the
matically select a channel. Stops at the SETUP mode. If no action is taken for 5
previous frequency if no channel is seconds after pressing the button, it will
found. return to the play mode. (After entering
When the [SEEK ] button is pressed, SETUP mode, move between items
it increases the band frequency to auto- using the left, right and push functions of
matically select a channel. Stops at the the TUNE/SETUP button.)
previous frequency if no channel is
found. SURROUND is only Lexicon model.

4 134
Features of your vehicle

CD (CD Changer : PA760BH)

1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. CD Button
4. TRACK Button
5. SCAN Button
6. CD Eject Button
7. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
8. INFO Button
9. FOLDER Button
10. LOAD Button
11. CD Slot

BH_PA760BH_CDC

4 135
Features of your vehicle

Using CD Player 4. TRACK Button 6. CD Eject Button


Press [SEEK ] button for less than Press button for less than 0.8 second
1. RANDOM Button 0.8 second to play from the beginning to eject the CD during CD playback. All
Turns on/off the randomization of the of current song. disc in the slot eject when the button is
play list of files in the currently played Press [SEEK ] button for less than pressed for 0.8 second or longer. This
DISC. To cancel the mode, press the but- 0.8 second and press again within 1 button is enabled when the ignition
ton once again. seconds to play the previous song. switch is off.
Press [SEEK ] button for 0.8 second
2. REPEAT Button or longer to initiate reverse direction 7. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
high speed sound search of current Turn this button clockwise to display
Repeats the current song when the but-
song. songs after the current song.
ton is pressed for less than 0.8 second.
Press [SEEK ] button for less than Also, turn this button counterclockwise to
Repeats the entire DISC when the button
0.8 second to play the next song. display songs before the current song.
is pressed for 0.8 second or longer.
Press [SEEK ] button for 0.8 second To listen to the displayed song, press the
or longer to initiate high speed sound button to skip to the song and play.
3. CD Button
search of current song.
Turns to CD mode.
5. SCAN Button
Play first 10 seconds of each song in the
DISC. To cancel the mode, press the but-
ton once again.

4 136
Features of your vehicle

8. INFO Button 10. LOAD Button


Displays the information of the current Press the [LOAD] button to load CDs to
CD TRACK (or FILE) in the order of DISC available 6-Disc deck (from 1~6). Push
TITLEDISC ARTISTTRACK TITLE [LOAD] button for more than 0.8 second
TRACK ARTISTTOTALPlay Screen to load into all available decks.
DISC TITLE... when the button is pressed The last CD will play.
each time.
11. CD Slot
9. FOLDER Button
Insert CD with printed side upward and
Press the [FOLDER ] button child gently push in. When the ignition switch
folder of the current folder and display is on ACC or ON and power is off, power
the first song in the folder. Press is automatically turned on if the CD is
TUNE/SETUP button to move to the loaded. This CDP supports 12 cm CDs.
folder displayed. It will play the first But if VCD, Data CD, or DVD discs are
song in the folder. loaded, "Media Error" message will
Press the [FOLDER ] button parent appear.
folder and displays the first song in the
folder. Press TUNE/SETUP button to
move to the folder displayed. It will play
the first song in the folder. (MP3 only)

4 137
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION IN USING (Continued) (Continued)


An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not If you disconnect the external USB
USB DEVICE recognizable. device during playback in USB
To use an external USB device, mode, the external USB device can
Depending on the condition of
make sure the device is not con- be damaged or may malfunction.
the external USB device, the con-
nected when starting up the vehi- Therefore, disconnect the external
nected external USB device can
cle. Connect the device after USB device when the audio is
be unrecognizable.
starting up. turned off or in another mode. (e.g,
When the formatted byte/sector
If you start the engine when the Radio, XM or CD)
setting of External USB device is
USB device is connected, it may Depending on the type and capaci-
not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,
damage the USB device. (USB ty of the external USB device or the
then the device will not be recog-
flashdrives are very sensitive to type of the files stored in the device,
nized.
electric shock.) there is a difference in the time
Use only a USB device formatted
If the engine is started up or taken for recognition of the device.
to FAT 12/16/32.
turned off while the external USB Do not use the USB device for pur-
device is connected, the external USB devices without USB I/F
authentication may not be recog- poses other than playing music
USB device may not work. files.
nizable.
It may not play inauthentic MP3 or Playing videos through the USB is
WMA files. Make sure the USB connection
terminal does not come in contact not supported.
1) It can only play MP3 files with Use of USB accessories such as
with the human body or other
the compression rate between rechargers or heaters using USB
objects.
8Kbps~320Kbps. I/F may lower performance or
If you repeatedly connect or dis-
2) It can only play WMA music cause trouble.
connect the USB device in a short
files with the compression rate If you use devices such as a USB
period of time, it may break the
between 8Kbps~320Kbps. hub purchased separately, the
device.
Take precautions for static electrici- vehicles audio system may not
You may hear a strange noise
ty when connecting or disconnect- recognize the USB device. In that
when connecting or disconnect-
ing the external USB device. case, connect the USB device
ing a USB device.
(Continued) directly to the multimedia termi-
(Continued)
nal of the vehicle.
(Continued)

4 138
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued)
If the USB device is divided by Please avoid using USB memory
logical drives, only the music files products which can be used as
on the highest-priority drive are key chains or cellular phone
recognized by car audio. accessories as they could cause
Devices such as MP3 Player/ damage to the USB jack. Please
Cellular phone/Digital camera can make certain only to use plug type
be unrecognizable by standard connector products as shown
USB I/F can be unrecognizable. below.
Charging through the USB may
not be supported in some mobile
devices.
A car exclusive cable (provided
or sold separately) is required to
use the iPod.
Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can be
unrecognizable.
Some USB flash memory readers
(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or
external-HDD type devices can be
unrecognizable.
Music files protected by DRM
(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)
are not recognizable.
The data in the USB memory may
be lost while using this audio.
Always back up important data on
a personal storage device.
(Continued)

4 139
Features of your vehicle

USB (CD Changer : PA760BH)

1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. USB Button
4. TRACK Button
5. SCAN Button
6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
7. INFO Button
8. FOLDER Button

BH_PA760BH_USB

4 140
Features of your vehicle

Using USB device 4. TRACK Button 6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
Using a USB that is connected to the Press the [TRACK ] button for less Turn this button clockwise to display
multiple terminal inside the console on than 0.8 second to play from the begin- songs after the current song.
the right hand side of the driver's seat. ning of current song. Also, turn this button counterclockwise to
Press the [TRACK ] button for less display songs before the current song.
1. RANDOM Button than 0.8 second and press again with- To listen to the displayed song, press the
in 1 seconds to play the previous song. button to skip to the song and play.
Turns on/off the randomization of the
play list of files in the currently played Press the [TRACK ] button for 0.8
folder. Press the button for more than 0.8 second or longer to initiate reverse 7. INFO Button
second to randomly play the entire songs direction high speed sound search of Displays the information of the file cur-
in the USB device. To cancel the mode, current song. rently played in order of FILETITLE
press the button once again. Press the [TRACK ] button for less ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL
than 0.8 second to play the next song. Play ScreenFILE... when the button is
2. REPEAT Button Press the [TRACK ] button for 0.8 pressed each time.
Repeats current song when the button is second or longer to initiate high speed
pressed for less than 0.8 second. sound search of current song. 8. FOLDER Button
Repeats the entire folder when the button Press the [FOLDER ] button sub fold-
is pressed for 0.8 second or longer. 5. SCAN Button er of the current folder and display the
Play first 10 seconds of each song in the first song in the folder. Press
3. USB Button folder. To cancel the mode, press the but- TUNE/SETUP button to move to the
If USB device is connected, it switches to ton once again. folder displayed. It will play the first song
the USB mode from CD mode to play the in the folder.
song files stored in the USB. Press the [FOLDER ] button main
If the auxiliary device is connected, it folder and displays the first song in the
turns to AUX mode to play the sound folder. Press TUNE/SETUP button to
from the auxiliary player. move to the folder displayed. It will play
the first song in the folder. (MP3 only)

4 141
Features of your vehicle

iPod (CD Changer : PA760BH)

1. RANDOM Button
2. REPEAT Button
3. iPod Button
4. TRACK Button
5. Category Button
6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
7. INFO Button

iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc. BH_PA760BH_iPod

4 142
Features of your vehicle

Using iPod 4. TRACK Button 5. Category Button


Using an iPod when the exclusive cable Press the [TRACK ] button for less Press [CAT FOLDER / ] button to
is connected to the multiple terminal than 0.8 second to play from the begin- move the category and display the first
inside the console on the right hand side ning of the current song. song in the category. Press [TUNE/
of the driver's seat. Press the [TRACK ] button for less SETUP] button to move to the category
than 0.8 second and press again with- displayed. It will play the first song in the
in 1 seconds to play the previous song. folder.
1. RANDOM Button
Press the [TRACK ] button for 0.8 (PLAYLISTS ARTISTS ALBUMS
Press the button for less than 0.8 second GENRES SONGS COMPOSERS
to activate or deactivate the random play- second or longer to initiate reverse
direction high speed sound search of PLAYLISTS ...)
back of the songs within the current cat-
egory. Press the button for longer than current song.
0.8 second to randomly play all songs in Press the [TRACK ] button for less
6. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
the entire album of the iPod. Press the than 0.8 second to play the next song. Turn this button clockwise or counter-
button once again to cancel the mode. Press the [TRACK ] button for 0.8 clockwise, it will display the category
menu. To select the displayed menu,
second or longer to initiate high speed
press the button.
2. REPEAT Button sound search of current song.
Repeats the song currently played.
7. INFO Button
3. iPod Button Displays the information of the file cur-
rently played in order of TITLEARTIST
If an iPod is connected, the system ALBUMPlay ScreenTITLE...
switches to the iPod mode to play the
song files stored in the iPod.

4 143
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE FOR USING THE CAUTION IN USING THE (Continued)


iPod DEVICE iPod DEVICE When the iPod cable is connected,
Some iPod models might not sup- the system can be switched to AUX
The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cable mode even without iPod device
port the communication protocol is needed in order to operate iPod
and the files will not be played. and may cause noise. Disconnect
with the audio buttons on the the iPod cable when you are not
Supported iPod models: audio system. The USB cable pro-
- iPod Mini using the iPod device.
vided by Apple may cause mal-
- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic) When not using iPod with car
function and should not be used
generation audio, detach the iPod cable from
for HYUNDAI vehicles.
- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation iPod. Otherwise, iPod may remain
The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cable in accessory mode, and may not
- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation
The order of search or playback of may be purchased through your work properly.
songs in the iPod can be different HYUNDAI Dealership.
from the order searched in the When connecting iPod with the Detachable USB/AUX All-in-one USB/AUX
audio system. iPod Power Cable, insert the con-
If the iPod disabled due to its own nector to the multimedia socket
malfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset: completely. If not inserted com-
Refer to iPod manual) pletely, communications between
An iPod may not operate normally iPod and audio may be interrupted.
on low battery. When adjusting the sound effects of
Some iPod devices, such as the the iPod and the audio system, the
iPhone, can be connected through the sound effects of both devices will When connecting the iPod, use the
Bluetooth interface. The device overlap and might reduce or distort USB/AUX terminals.
must have audio Bluetooth capabili- the quality of the sound. When disconnecting the iPod,
ty (such as for stereo headphone Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer disconnect both the USB/AUX ter-
Bluetooth). The device can play, but function of an iPod when adjust- minal.
it will not be controlled by the audio ing the audio systems volume, The iPod exclusive cable must be
system. and turn off the equalizer of the connected to both the USB/AUX
audio system when using the terminals for iPod charging and
equalizer of an iPod. operations to be supported.
(Continued)

4 144
Features of your vehicle

XM Satellite Radio (CD Changer : PA760BH)

1. XM Button
2. SEEK Button
3. SCAN Button
4. PRESET Buttons
5. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
6. INFO Button
7. CAT/FOLDER Button

BH_PA760BH_XM RADIO

4 145
Features of your vehicle

Using XM Satellite Radio 3. SCAN Button 6. INFO Button


Press to hear a brief sampling of all Displays the information of the current
1. XM Button channels. To cancel the scan mode, channel in the order of Artist/Song title
Turns to XM Satellite Radio Mode. press the button once again. Category/Channel nameCurrent Play
ChannelArtist/Song titleCategory/Cha-
XM mode toggles in order to XM1XM2 nnel name... when the button is pressed
XM3XM1... when the button is pressed 4. PRESET Buttons each time.
each time.
Push [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec- If the complete text information is not dis-
ond to play the channel saved in each played, rotate the tune button to see the
2. SEEK Button button. Push pre-set button for 0.8 sec- next page.
Press the [SEEK ] button for less ond or longer to save the current channel
than 0.8 second to select previous to the respective button with a beep.
channel. 7. CAT/FOLDER Button
Press the [SEEK ] button for 0.8 sec- 5. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button Press [CAT ] button to search previ-
ond or longer to continuously move to Turn this button clockwise to display ous category.
previous channel. channels after. Press [CAT ] button to search next
Press the [SEEK ] button for less Also, turn this button counterclockwise to category.
than 0.8 second to select next channel. display channels before current channel. To listen to the displayed category, press
Press the [SEEK ] button for 0.8 sec- XM setup mode : It will be able to change the TUNE/SETUP button.
ond or longer to continuously move to the XM display. (ex, Display by category/ To scan channel in displayed category,
next channel. channel or artist/song title.) press the scan button.
Radio ID : Seek or Tune to XM channel To search channel in displayed category,
0 to display the Radio ID. press seek buttons or turn the tune but-
ton clockwise/counterclockwise.
(CATEGORY icon will be turned on in
Category mode)

4 146
Features of your vehicle

HD RADIOTM RECEPTION (CD Changer : PA760BH)

1. SEEK UP/DOWN Button


2. SCAN Button
3. INFO Button
4. PRESET Buttons
5. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button

BH_PA760BH_HD_RADIO

4 147
Features of your vehicle

HD RADIOTM INFORMATION What is HD RadioTM technology? Multicasting


The vehicle audio system (if equipped) is HD RadioTM FM stations are able to broad-
Licensing information able to receive standard analog FM/AM cast multiple digital program
radio broadcasting as well as digital HD streams(channels) over a single FM fre-
RadioTM FM/AM broadcasting. quency. For example, a HD RadioTM FM
HD RadioTM technology provides digital station can run a main channel of music
and analog reception using existing FM and a sub channel of news(or even two dif-
and AM broadcasting frequencies. ferent music channels) at one frequency.
Currently, radio stations broadcasting an
HD RadioTM Technology is Manufactured HD RadioTM signal are operating in a Only the program content of the main
Under License From iBiquity Digital hybrid mode of both, analog and digital, in channel is in broadcasted analog.
Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. order to reach both receivers. In both
HD RadioTM and the HD and HD Radio modes, analog and digital, the broadcast-
logos are proprietary trademarks of ed program contents are the same(except
iBiquity Digital Corporation. during multicasting, see below).

Availability information Eventually, as analog receivers are


replaced by digital ones, radio stations
HD Radio reception is available in the
TM
may be able to turn off their analog
United States, including Alaska and broadcasting and use only the digital
Hawaii. broadcasting.

4 148
Features of your vehicle

HD RadioTM signal delay Automatic switching between dig- Radio display while receiving a
To overcome the delay that digital sys- ital and analog broadcasting digital HD RadioTM
tems inherently produce, HD RadioTM If the digital signal reception is lost, the
technology first uses the audio signal of system switches automatically to the
the analog broadcasting when you tune analog signal. As soon as the digital sig-
to an AM station or to the main channel nal is available again it will switch back.
of a FM station. After that, the system will
blend from analog to digital signal. Due to the fact that sub channels are
only broadcasted digital, the system
Normally, this blending is very smooth. If mutes playback if you have tuned to a
you experience a skip in program content sub channel and the digital signal is lost.
of several seconds, the radio station has The main line will show the message No
not implemented HD RadioTM broadcast- HD signal in place of station name.
ing correctly. This is not a problem with After approximately one minute with the
your audio system. digital signal lost, the system will auto-
matically tune to the analog signal of the 1. Call Sign(Station Name)
Due to the fact that sub channels are only corresponding frequency. 2. Channel Name(HD1=main channel,
broadcasting digital, blending from analog HD2~8=sub channel)
to digital signal is not possible if you tune Text based information 3. Indicator for HD RadioTM
to a sub channel. In this case playback of
the sub channel starts after several sec- HD RadioTM stations are able to broad-
onds. This is a normal function. cast text based information, e.g. station
name, song title and artist name. The
Driver Information System is able to dis-
play this information.

4 149
Features of your vehicle

1. SEEK UP/DOWN Button 4. PRESET Buttons 1. You can off/on FM HD RadioTM


Press this button to automatically select Push [1] ~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec- reception.
previous or next station. ond to play the channel saved in each 2. You can off/on AM HD RadioTM
(HDHD2 ... HD8107.8MHz...) button. reception.
Push preset button for 0.8 second or 3. Details on/off
2. SCAN Button longer to save current channel to the
Press to hear a brief sampling of all sta- respective button with a beep.
tions on the frequency band, but not Details on display
scanned HD RadioTM signals. When you 5. TUNE Knob & SETUP Button
press this button again, you can receive When you rotate clockwise or counter-
the broadcasting that you choose. clockwise, the frequency increases or
decrease but skips HD RadioTM signals.
3. INFO Button ex) HD1(107.7MHz) 107.8MHz ...
Shows details of the currently tuned HD Details off display
RadioTM station.(Showing the artist name, When you press this button, enter the
song title) SETUP mode. If you select the HD
menu, you can control the HD setup
NOTICE menu.
The information displaying time may
vary depending on radio environment
and broadcast program content length
(approximately10 seconds).

4 150
Features of your vehicle

BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION General Feature Bluetooth Language Setting


(IF EQUIPPED) This audio system supports Bluetooth The system language can be changed by
hands-free and stereo-headset features. the following steps:
- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or 1. Power on the audio system with the
receiving calls wirelessly through volume set to an audible level.
voice recognition. 2. Press and hold button on the
- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playing steering wheel until the audio displays
music from cellular phones (that sup- Please Wait.
ports A2DP feature) wirelessly. - The Bluetooth system will reply in
Voice recognition engine of the currently selected language that it is
Bluetooth system supports 3 types of changing to the next language.
languages: - System language cycles between
- English English, Canadian French and US
- Canadian French Spanish.
- US Spanish 3. When completed, the audio display
returns to normal.
What is Bluetooth? NOTICE 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan-
The phone must be paired to the sys- guage selection.
Bluetooth is a wireless technology that
allows multiple short range, low-powered tem before using Bluetooth features.
devices like hands-free, stereo headset, Only one selected(linked) cellular NOTICE
wireless remote control, etc. to be connect- phone can be used with the system at The phone needs to be paired again
ed. For more information, visit the a time. after changing system language.
Bluetooth website at www.Bluetooth.com Some phones are not fully compatible Avoid resting your thumb or finger on
with this system. the as the language could unin-
tentionally change.

4 151
Features of your vehicle

Voice Recognition Activation Menu tree Voice Operation Tip


The voice recognition engine contained The menu tree identifies available voice To get the best performance out of the
in the Bluetooth System can be activat- recognition Bluetooth functions. Voice Recognition System, observe the
ed in the following conditions: following:
- Button Activation - Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet
The voice recognition system will be Setup Pair phone
as possible. Close the window to elimi-
active when the button is pressed Select phone nate surrounding noise (traffic noise,
and after the sound of a Beep. vibration sounds, etc), which may dis-
- Active Listening Delete phone
turb recognizing the voice command
The voice recognition system will be Change priority correctly.
active for a period of time when the - Speak a command after a beep sound
Bluetooth off
Voice Recognition system has asked within 5 seconds. Otherwise the com-
for a customer response. BT VOL mand will not be received properly.
The system can recognize single digits - Speak in a natural voice without paus-
from zero to nine while numbers greater ing between words.
than ten will not be recognized. Phonebook Add entry By voice
If the command is not recognized, the By Phone The Bluetooth icon appears on the
system will announce "PARDON" or No upper side of audio display when a
input voice signal from microphone. (No Change
phone is connected.
response) Delete name
The system shall cancel voice recogni-
tion mode in following cases : When
pressing the button and saying Call By name
"CANCEL" following the beep. When not By number
making a call and pressing the button
0.8 second or longer. When voice recog-
nition has failed 3 consecutive times.
At any time if you say "help", the system
will announce what commands are
available.

4 152
Features of your vehicle

Phone Setup NOTICE 1. Press button.


All Bluetooth related operations can be The pairing procedure of the phone 2. Say Set Up.
performed by voice command or by man- varies according to each phone model. - The system replies with available
ual operation. Before attempting to pair phone, commands.
please see your phones Users Guide
By Voice Command: for instructions. - To skip the information message,
Press button on the steering Once pairing with the phone is com- press again and then a beep is
wheel to activate voice recognition. pleted, there is no need to pair with heard.
that phone again unless the phone is 3. Say Pair Phone
By manual operation deleted manually from the audio sys- 4. Say Yes to proceed.
Push the TUNE/SETUP knob to enter tem (refer Deleting Phone section) 5. Say the name of your phone when
SETUP mode. Select BLUETOOTH or the vehicles information is prompted.
item by rotating the TUNE/SETUP removed from the phone. - Use any name to uniquely describe
knob, then push the knob. Need to confirm if pairing can be done your phone.
by voice. Need to confirm which sys- - Use Full name to voice tag.
Pairing phone tem can paired by voice, CDC, CDP.
Before using Bluetooth features, the - Do not use a short name or similar
phone must be paired (registered) to the name to voice command.
audio system. Up to 5 phones can be 6. Bluetooth system will repeat the
paired in the system. name you stated.
7. Say "Yes" to confirm.
8. The audio displays searching ----
passkey: 0000 and asks you to initiate
pairing procedure from the phone.
9. Search the Bluetooth system on your
phone. Your phone should display your
[vehicle model name] on the
Bluetooth device list. Then attempt
pairing on your phone.
10. After Pairing is completed, your phone
will start to transfer phone/contact list
to the audio system.

4 153
Features of your vehicle

- This process may take from a few Connecting phone Deleting Phone
minutes to over 10 minutes depend- When the Bluetooth system is enabled, The paired phone can be deleted.
ing on the phone model and number the phone previously used is automati- - When the phone is deleted, all the infor-
of entries in the phone/contact list. cally selected and re-connected. If you mation associated with that phone is
11. By manual operation: want to select a different phone previous- also be deleted (including phonebook).
- Select PAIR in PHONE menu, then ly paired, the phone can be selected - If you want to use the deleted phone
proceed from step 5. through Select Phone menu. with the audio system again, pairing
Only a selected phone can be used with procedure must be completed once
the hands-free system. more.
NOTICE
1. Press button. 1. Press button.
Depending on the phone make and
model, the phone book contact list may 2. Say "Set Up". 2. Say Set Up.
not transfer to the audio system. 3. Say "Select Phone" after prompt 3. Say Delete Phone after prompt.
- The system lists all the registered - The system lists all the registered
NOTICE phone names. phone names.
Until the audio displays Transfer 4. Say the name or number of desired 4. Say the name or number of desired
Complete, Bluetooth hands-free phone from the list. phone from the list.
feature may not be fully operational. 5. Say "Yes" to confirm. 5. Say Yes to confirm.
If the phone is paired to two or more 6. By manual operation: 6. By manual operation:
vehicles of the same model, i.e. both - Select SELECT in PHONE menu, - Select DELETE in PHONE menu,
vehicles are HYUNDAI GENESIS, then select desired phone from the then select desired phone from the list.
some phones may not handle list.
Bluetooth devices of that name cor-
rectly. In this case, you may need to
change the name displayed on your
phone from GENESIS.
Refer to your phones Users Guide,
or contact your cellular carrier or
phone manufacturer for instructions.

4 154
Features of your vehicle

Changing Priority Adjusting Bluetooth Volume Phone Book (In-Vehicle)


When several phones are paired to the Bluetooth system volume can be Adding Entry
audio system, the system attempts to adjusted separately from main volume of Phone numbers and voice tags can be
connect following order when the the audio system. Volume control is avail- registered. Entries registered in the
Bluetooth is enabled: able by manual operation only. phone can also be transferred.
1) Priority checked phone. Select BT Volume in BLUETOOTH
2) Previously connected phone menu, adjust volume to desired level by Adding Entry by Voice
3) Gives up auto connection. rotating the TUNE/SETUP knob, then 1. Press button.
press the knob to confirm.
2. Say "Phonebook".
1. Press button. - The system replies with all available
2. Say Set Up. Turning Bluetooth ON/OFF commands.
3. Say Change Priority after prompt. Bluetooth system can be enabled (ON) - To skip the information message, press
- The system lists all the registered or disabled (OFF) by this menu. again and then a beep is heard.
phone names. - If Bluetooth is disabled, all the com- 3. Say "Add Entry".
mands related to Bluetooth system
4. Say the name or number of desired 4. Say "By Voice" to proceed.
prompts whether you wish to turn
phone from the list. Bluetooth ON or not. 5. Say the name of the entry when
5. Say Yes to confirm. 1. Press button. prompted.
6. By manual operation: 2. Say Set Up 6. Say Yesto confirm.
- Select PRIORITY in PHONE menu, 3. Say Bluetooth Off after prompt. 7. Say the phone number of that entry
then select desired phone from the when prompted.
4. Say Yes to confirm.
list. 8. Say Store if phone number input is
5. By manual operation: finished.
- Select BT Off in PHONE menu, then 9. Say a phone number type. Home,
after announcement, say YES to Work, Mobile, Other or Default is
confirm. available.
10. Say Yes to complete adding entry.
11. Say Yes to store additional location
for this contact, or say Cancel to fin-
ish the process.

4 155
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE Adding Entry by Phone Deleting Name


The system can recognize single digits 1. Press button. The registered names can be deleted.
from zero to nine. Numbers that are 2. Say "Phonebook". 1. Press button.
ten or greater cannot be recognized. 3. Say "Add Entry" after prompt. 2. Say Phonebook
You can enter each digit individually 4. Say "By Phone" to proceed. 3. Say Delete Name after prompt.
or group digits together in preferred 5. Say Yes to confirm. 4. Say the name of the entry (voice tag)
string lengths. 6. Your phone will start to transfer
To speed up input, it is a good idea to 5. Say Yes to confirm.
phone/contact list to the audio system.
group all digits into a continuous
string. This process may take over 10 minutes
Recommend to enter the numbers con- depending on the phone model and
stituted an grouping within all digit number of entries
numbers to dial 995 / 734 / 0000 7. Wait till the audio displays Transfer
The display corresponding to each Complete message.
operation appears on the screen as fol-
lows: Changing Name
Input operation example: The registered names can be modified.
1. Say: Nine, nine, five 1. Press button.
Display: 995
2. Say Phonebook
2. And say: Seven, three, four
Display: 995734
3. Say Change Name after prompt.
4. Say the name of the entry (voice tag).
5. Say Yes to confirm.
6. Say new desired name.

4 156
Features of your vehicle

Making a Phone Call Dialing by Number Receiving a Phone Call


Calling by Name A phone call can be made by dialing the When receiving a phone call, a ringtone
A phone call can be made by speaking spoken numbers. The system can recog- is audible from speakers and the audio
names registered in the audio system. nize single digits from zero to nine. system changes into telephone mode.
1. Press button. 1. Press button. When receiving a phone call, Incoming
2. Say "Call". 2. Say Call. message and incoming phone number
3. Say Name when prompted. 3. Say Number when prompted. (if available) are displayed on the audio.
4. Say desired name (voice tag). 4. Say desired phone numbers. To Answer a Call:
5. Say desired location (phone number 5. Say Dial to complete the number and - Press button on the steering wheel.
type). Only stored locations can be make a call. To Reject a Call:
selected. - Press button for 0.8 second or
6. Say Yes to confirm and make a call. Tip longer on the steering wheel.
A shortcut to each of the following func- To Adjust Ring Volume:
Tip tions is available: - Use VOLUME buttons on the steering
1. Say Dial Number wheel.
A shortcut to each of the following func-
2. Say Dial <digit> To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret Call):
tions is available:
1. Say Call Name - Press button on the steering
2. Say Call <john> wheel.
3. Say Call <john> at <home>

4 157
Features of your vehicle

Talking on the Phone Using the head unit as Bluetooth NOTICE


When talking on the phone, Active Calls music Not only MP3 files, but all the sounds
message and the other partys phone The head unit supports A2DP (Audio that the phone supports can be heard
number (if available) are displayed on the Advanced Distribution Profile) and by the audio system.
audio. AVRCP(Audio Video Remote Control Bluetooth cellular phones must fea-
To Finish a Call Profile). ture A2DP and AVRCP functions.
- Press button for 0.8 second or longer Both profiles are available for listening to Some A2DP and AVRCP Bluetooth
on the steering wheel. MP3 music via Bluetooth cellular phone cellular phones may not play music
supporting above Bluetooth profiles. through the head unit on the first try.
NOTICE To play MP3 music from the Bluetooth Please try the below;
cellular phone, press the [CD/AUX] but- i.e : Menu Filemanager Music
In the following situations, you or the Play via Bluetooth
ton until MP3 Play is displayed on the Option
other party may have difficulty hearing
LCD. Please refer to User's Guide of your
each other:
phone for more detailed information.
1. Speaking at the same time, your voice Then try playing music by phone.
To stop music, try stop music by the
may not reach the other parties. (This When playing music from the Bluetooth phone or change audio mode to
is not a malfunction.) Speak alter- cellular phone, the head unit displays AM/FM/XM, CD, iPod, etc.
nately with the other party on the MP3 MODE.
phone.
2. Keep the Bluetooth volume to a low
level. High-level volume may result in
distortion and echo.
3. When driving on a rough road.
4. When driving at high speeds.
5. When the window is open.
6. When the air conditioning vents are
facing the microphone.
7. When the sound of the air condition-
ing fan is loud.

4 158
Features of your vehicle

Key matrix
Disconnected(BT Icon off) Connected (BT Icon On)
No. KEY Paired H/P Paired H/P Connected TRANSFER
Incoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call CALL
Empty Exist Normal mode BT SETUP menu

Transfer Call
SHORT Not Connect - - - Accept Call - (Handsfree <->Phone)

VR
LONG - - - Reject Call End Call End Call End Call
MODE Cancel

SHORT Active Active Active Active - - - -

2
LONG Change Change Change Change
- - - -
[10sec] language language language language

2nd call
STEERING
3 - - - - - - 1st Call:waiting -
MODE KEY 2nd Call:active

AUDIO
4 - - - - Reject Call End call End call -
POWER KEY

4 159
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) NOTICE
CAUTION IN USING Bluetooth phone compatibility can be
BLUETOOTH CELLU- Do not place the phone near or
inside metallic objects, otherwise checked by visiting
LAR PHONE www.hyundaiusa.com and under the
Do not use a cellular phone or communications with Bluetooth
SERVICE & PARTS - BLUETOOTH
perform Bluetooth settings (e.g. system or cellular service sta-
COMPATIBILITY menu.
pairing a phone) while driving. tions can be disrupted.
Areas that can be checked - 9 areas,
Some Bluetooth-enabled phones While a phone is connected such as Pairing, Connection,
may not be recognized by the through Bluetooth your phone Handsfree Calling, Streaming, etc.
system or fully compatible with may discharge quicker than usual
the system. as a result of additional
Bluetooth-related operations.
Before using Bluetooth related
features of the audio system, Some cellular phones or other
refer to your phones Users devices may cause interference
Manual for phone-side Bluetooth noise or malfunction to audio
operations. system. In this case, storing the
device in a different location may
The phone must be paired to the resolve the situation.
audio system to use Bluetooth
related features. Please save your phone name in
English, or your phone name may
You will not be able to use the not be displayed correctly.
hands-free feature when your
phone (in the car) is outside of
the cellular service area (e.g. in a
tunnel, in a underground, in a
mountainous area, etc.).
If the cellular phone signal is poor
or the vehicles interior noise is
too loud, it may be difficult to hear
the other persons voice during a
call.
(Continued)

4 160
Before driving / 5-3
Key / 5-5
Engine start/stop button / 5-7
Automatic transmission / 5-11
Brake system / 5-18
Cruise control system / 5-36
Smart cruise control system / 5-40
Lane departure warning system (LDWS) / 5-51
Economical operation / 5-54
Special driving conditions / 5-56
Winter driving / 5-60

Driving your vehicle 5


Vehicle load limit / 5-64
Vehicle weight / 5-69
Trailer towing / 5-70
Driving your vehicle

E010000ABH-EU

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!


Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-
dows immediately.

Do not inhale exhaust fumes.


Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-
tion.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear
a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have the
exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your
garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open area
with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are
kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 2
Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING
E020100AUN E020200AUN
CALIFORNIA PROPOSI- Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections
TION 65 WARNING Be sure that all windows, outside mir- Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine
Engine exhaust and a wide variety ror(s), and outside lights are clean. coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid
of automobile components and Check the condition of the tires. should be checked on a regular basis,
parts, including components found Check under the vehicle for any sign of with the exact interval depending on the
in the interior furnishings in a vehi- leaks. fluid. Further details are provided in sec-
cle, contain or emit chemicals tion 7, Maintenance.
Be sure there are no obstacles behind
known to the State of California to
you if you intend to back up.
cause cancer and birth defects and
reproductive harm. In addition, cer- WARNING
tain fluids contained in vehicles Driving while distracted can result in
and certain products of component a loss of vehicle control, that may
wear contain or emit chemicals lead to an accident, severe personal
known to the State of California to injury, and death.The drivers primary
cause cancer and birth defects or responsibility is in the safe and legal
other reproductive harm. operation of a vehicle, and use of any
handheld devices, other equipment,
or vehicle systems which take the
drivers eyes, attention and focus
away from the safe operation of a
vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used during
operation of the vehicle.

5 3
Driving your vehicle

E020300AUN
Before starting WARNING WARNING
Close and lock all doors. Always check the surrounding When you intend to park or stop
Position the seat so that all controls are areas near your vehicle for people, the vehicle with the engine on, be
easily reached. especially children, before putting a careful not to depress the accel-
Adjust the inside and outside rearview car into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). erator pedal for a long period of
mirrors. time. It may overheat the engine
or exhaust system and cause fire.
Be sure that all lights work.
When you make a sudden stop or
Check all gauges. WARNING - Driving under turn the steering wheel rapidly,
Check the operation of warning lights the influence of alcohol or loose objects may drop on the
when the ignition switch is turned to drugs floor and it could interfere with
the ON position. Drinking and driving is dangerous. the operation of the foot pedals,
Release the parking brake and make Drunk driving is the number one possibly causing an accident.
sure the brake warning light goes out. contributor to the highway death Keep all things in the vehicle
For safe operation, be sure you are famil- toll each year. Even a small amount safely stored.
iar with your vehicle and its equipment. of alcohol will affect your reflexes, If you do not focus on driving, it
perceptions and judgment. Driving may cause an accident. Be care-
while under the influence of drugs ful when operating controls such
WARNING is as dangerous or more dangerous as the audio or heater. It is the
All passengers must be properly than driving drunk. responsibility of the driver to
belted whenever the vehicle is mov- You are much more likely to have a always be attentive to the task of
ing. Refer to Seat belts in section serious accident if you drink or driving and drive safely.
3 for more information on their take drugs and drive.
proper use. If you are drinking or taking drugs,
dont drive. Do not ride with a driv-
er who has been drinking or taking
drugs. Choose a designated driver
or call a cab.

5 4
Driving your vehicle

KEY (FOR CANADA)


E030202ABH
ACC (Accessory)
The electrical accessories are operative.

E030203AUN
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is the
normal running position after the engine
is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the
engine is not running to prevent battery
OBH058001 OUN036002
discharge.
E030100AEN Ignition switch position
Illuminated ignition switch E030201ABH E030204AUN
Whenever a front door is opened, the LOCK START
ignition switch will be illuminated for your The ignition key can be removed only in Turn the ignition switch to the START
convenience, provided the ignition switch the LOCK position. position to start the engine. The engine
is not in the ON position. The light will go When turning the ignition switch to the will crank until you release the key; then
off immediately when the ignition switch LOCK position, push the key inward at it returns to the ON position. The brake
is turned on or go off after about 30 sec- the ACC position and turn the key toward warning lamp can be checked in this
onds when the door is closed. the LOCK position. position.

5 5
Driving your vehicle

E030205ABH Starting the engine


E040000AUN-EU
CAUTION
WARNING - Ignition If the engine stalls while you are in
switch motion, do not attempt to move the
WARNING shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
Never turn the ignition switch to traffic and road conditions permit,
Always wear appropriate shoes when
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is you may put the shift lever in the N
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable
moving. This would result in loss (Neutral) position while the vehicle
shoes (high heels, slippers, ski
of directional control and braking is still moving and turn the ignition
boots,etc.) may interfere with your
function, which could cause an switch to the START position in an
ability to use the brake and accelera-
accident.
tor pedal. attempt to restart the engine.
Before leaving the drivers seat,
always make sure the shift lever is
engaged in P (Park), set the park- E040100ABH-EU
ing brake fully, and shut the engine CAUTION
off. Unexpected and sudden vehi- 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. Do not engage the starter for more
cle movement may occur if these 2. Place the shift lever in P (Park). than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls
precautions are not taken. Depress the brake pedal fully. or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 seconds
Never reach for the ignition switch, You can also start the engine when the before re-engaging the starter.
or any other controls through the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position. Improper use of the starter may
steering wheel while the vehicle is 3. Turn the ignition switch to START and damage it.
in motion. The presence of your hold it there until the engine starts (a
hand or arm in this area could maximum of 10 seconds), then
cause a loss of vehicle control, an release the key.
accident and serious bodily injury 4. In extremely cold weather (below
or death. -18C / 0F) or after the vehicle has
Do not place any movable objects not been operated for several days, let
around the drivers seat as they the engine warm up without depress-
may move while driving, interfere ing the accelerator.
with the driver and lead to an acci- Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
dent. should be started without depressing
the accelerator.

5 6
Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON


Engine start/stop button position
E030701BBH-EU WARNING
OFF You are able to turn off the engine
To turn off the engine, press the engine (START) or vehicle power (ON), only
start/stop button with the engine when the vehicle is not in motion. In
start/stop button in the ON position and an emergency situation while the
the shift lever in P(Park). When you press vehicle is in motion, you are able to
the engine start/stop button without the turn the engine off and to the ACC
shift lever in P(Park), the engine position by pressing the engine
start/stop button does not turn to the start/stop button for more than 2
OFF position, but turns to the ACC posi- seconds or 3 times successively
tion. within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is
OBH058002 still moving, you can restart the
E030100ABH engine without depressing the
Illuminated engine start/stop but-
NOTICE brake pedal by pressing the engine
ton When you turn off the engine, the vehi- start/stop button with the shift lever
cle should be stopped. in the N (Neutral) position.
Whenever the front door is opened, the
engine start/stop button will illuminate for
your convenience. The light will go off
after about 30 seconds when the door is
closed.

5 7
Driving your vehicle

E030202ABH-EU NOTICE (Continued)


ACC(Accessory) If you press the engine start/stop but-
Press the engine start/stop button when Before leaving the drivers seat,
ton without depressing the brake always make sure the shift lever
the button is in the OFF position without pedal, the engine does not start and
depressing the brake pedal. is engaged in P (Park), set the
the engine start/stop button changes parking brake fully and shut the
The electrical accessories are operative. as follows : engine off. Unexpected and sud-
If you leave the engine start/stop button OFF ACC ON OFF den vehicle movement may occur
in the ACC position for more than 1 hour, If you leave the engine start/stop but- if these precautions are not
the battery power will turn off automati- ton in the ACC or the ON position for taken.
cally to prevent the battery from dis- a long time, the battery will be dis-
charged. Never reach for the engine
charging. start/stop button, or any other
E030205ABH-EU
controls through the steering
E030203AHM wheel while the vehicle is in
ON motion. The presence of your
Press the engine start/stop button when WARNING hand or arm in this area could
the button is in the ACC position without Never press the engine start/stop cause a loss of vehicle control,
depressing the brake pedal. button while the vehicle is in an accident and serious bodily
The warning lights can be checked motion. This would result in the injury or death.
before the engine is started. Do not leave engine turning off and loss of Do not place any movable objects
the ON position if the engine is not run- power assist for the steering and around the drivers seat as they
ning to prevent battery discharge. brakes, which may lead to loss of may move while driving, interfere
directional control and braking with the driver and lead to an
function, which could cause an accident.
E030704ABH
accident.
START (Continued)
To start the engine, press the brake
pedal and press the engine start/stop
button with the shift lever in the P(Park)
or the N(Neutral) position.
For your safety, start the engine with the
shift lever in the P(Park) position.

5 8
Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine


E040000ABH
CAUTION WARNING
If the engine stalls while you are in The engine will start by pressing
motion, do not attempt to move the the engine start/stop button, only
WARNING shift lever to the P (Park) position. If when the smart key is in the vehi-
Always wear appropriate shoes traffic and road conditions permit, cle. Never allow children or any per-
when operating your vehicle. you may put the shift lever in the N son who is unfamiliar with the vehi-
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, slip- (Neutral) position while the vehicle cle to touch the engine start/stop
pers, ski boots, etc.) may interfere is still moving and press the engine button or related parts.
with your ability to use the brake start/stop button in an attempt to
and accelerator pedal. restart the engine.

E040100ABH
Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside if it is far away from you, the engine
the vehicle. may not start.
2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly When the engine start/stop button is in
applied. the ACC or ON position, if any door is
3. Place the shift lever in the P(Park) open, the system checks for the smart
position. key. If the smart key is not in the vehi-
4. Depress the brake pedal. cle, the warning, "Key is not in vehicle"
5. Press the engine start/stop button. will come on, and if all doors are
6. In extremely cold weather (below - closed, the chime will also sound for
18C / 0F) or after the vehicle has not about 5 seconds. The indicator will turn
been operated for several days, let the off while the vehicle is moving. Keep
engine warm up without depressing the smart key in the vehicle when
the accelerator. using the ACC position or if the vehicle
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it engine is on.
should be started without depressing
the accelerator.

5 9
Driving your vehicle

CAUTION
Do not press the engine
start/stop button for more than 5
seconds except when the stop
lamp fuse is disconnected.
When you eject the smart key
from the smart key holder, press
the smart key inward and pull it
out. If you pull out the smart key
forcibly without pushing the
smart key, the smart key holder
OBH058003 may be damaged and couldnt
NOTICE operate normally.
If the battery is weak or the smart key
does not work correctly, you can start
the engine by inserting the smart key
into the smart key holder. To eject the
smart key from the smart key holder,
press the smart key inward past the
detent and then pull the key outward.
When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you
can't start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If you
are not able to replace the fuse, you
can start the engine by pressing the
engine start/stop button for 10 seconds
with the engine start/stop button in
ACC. The engine can start without
depressing the brake pedal. But for
your safety always depress the brake
pedal before starting the engine.

5 10
Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
E060100ABH
Automatic transmission operation
The automatic transmission has 8 for-
ward speeds and one reverse speed. The
individual speeds are selected automati-
cally, depending on the position of the
shift lever.

NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle may
be somewhat abrupt.
+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Depress the brake pedal when shifting.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

OBH059005
E060000AUN-EU

5 11
Driving your vehicle

Always depress the brake pedal when E060101ABH


shifting from N (Neutral) to a forward or CAUTION Transmission ranges
reverse gear. To avoid damage to your trans- The indicator in the instrument cluster
mission, do not accelerate the displays the shift lever position when the
engine in R (Reverse) or any for- ignition switch is in the ON position.
WARNING - Automatic ward gear position with the
transmission brakes on. P (Park)
Always check the surrounding When stopped on an incline, do
areas near your vehicle for peo- Always come to a complete stop before
not hold the vehicle stationary shifting into P (Park). This position locks
ple, especially children, before with engine power. Use the serv-
shifting a car into D (Drive) or R the transmission and prevents the drive
ice brake or the parking brake. wheels from rotating.
(Reverse). Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
Before leaving the drivers seat, (Park) into D (Drive), or R
always make sure the shift lever (Reverse) when the engine is WARNING
is in the P (Park) position; then above idle speed. Shifting into P (Park) while the
set the parking brake fully and vehicle is in motion will cause the
shut the engine off. Unexpected drive wheels to lock which will
and sudden vehicle movement cause you to lose control of the
can occur if these precautions vehicle.
are not followed in the order iden-
tified. Do not use the P (Park) position
in place of the parking brake.
Always make sure the shift lever
is latched in the P (Park) position
and set the parking brake fully.
Never leave a child unattended in
a vehicle.

5 12
Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse) N (Neutral)
CAUTION Use this position to drive the vehicle The wheels and transmission are not
The transmission may be damaged backward. engaged. The vehicle will roll freely even
if you shift into P (Park) while the on the slightest incline unless the parking
vehicle is in motion. brake or service brakes are applied.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R D (Drive)
(Reverse); you may damage the This is the normal forward driving posi-
transmission if you shift into R tion. The transmission will automatically
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in shift through a 8-gear sequence, provid-
motion, except as explained in ing the best fuel economy and power.
Rocking the vehicle in this sec-
tion. For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing grades, depress the
accelerator fully, at which time the trans-
mission will automatically downshift to
the next lower gear (or gears, as appro-
priate).

NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into D (Drive).

5 13
Driving your vehicle

NOTICE E060102BBH

In sports mode, the driver must exe- Shift lock system


cute upshifts in accordance with road For your safety, the automatic transmis-
conditions, taking care to keep the sion has a shift lock system which pre-
+ (UP) engine speed below the red zone. vents shifting the transmission from P
In sports mode, only the 8 forward (Park) or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse)
Sports mode unless the brake pedal is depressed.
gears can be selected. To reverse or
park the vehicle, move the shift lever To shift the transmission from P (Park) or
- (DOWN) to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position N (Neutral) into R (Reverse):
as required. 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
In sports mode, downshifts are made 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
automatically when the vehicle slows switch to the ON position.
OBH059006 down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear 3. Move the shift lever.
Sports mode is automatically selected.
In sports mode, when the engine rpm If the brake pedal is repeatedly
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in depressed and released with the shift
motion, sports mode is selected by push- approaches the red zone the transmis-
sion will upshift automatically. lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering
ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi- noise near the shift lever may be heard.
tion into the manual gate. To return to D If the driver moves the lever to +(up)
or -(down) position, the transmission This is a normal condition.
(Drive) range operation, push the shift
lever back into the main gate. may not make the requested gear
change if the next gear is outside of WARNING
the allowable engine rpm range.
In sports mode, moving the shift lever Always fully depress the brake
When driving on a slippery road,
backwards and forwards will allow you to pedal before and while shifting out
push the shift lever forward into the
make gearshifts rapidly. of the P (Park) position into anoth-
+(up) position. This causes the trans-
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to er position to avoid inadvertent
mission to shift into the 2nd (or 3rd)
shift up one gear. motion of the vehicle which could
gear which is better for smooth driv-
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once injure persons in or around the car.
ing on a slippery road. Push the shift
to shift down one gear. lever to the -(down) side to shift back
to the 1st gear.

5 14
Driving your vehicle

E060103AUN E060200AEN
Ignition key interlock system Good driving practices
The ignition key cannot be removed Never move the gear shift lever from P
unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-
position. If the ignition switch is in any tion with the accelerator pedal
other position, the key cannot be depressed.
removed. Never move the gear shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the car is completely stopped
before you attempt to shift into R
(Reverse) or D (Drive).
OBH059007
Never take the car out of gear and
coast down a hill. This may be
Shift-lock override extremely hazardous. Always leave the
If the shift lever cannot be moved from car in gear when moving.
the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
(Reverse) position with the brake pedal cause them to overheat and malfunc-
depressed, continue depressing the tion. Instead, when you are driving
brake, then do the following: down a long hill, slow down, shift into
1. Carefully remove the cap covering the Sports Mode and shift to a lower gear.
shift-lock access hole. When you do this, engine braking will
2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the help slow the car.
access hole and press down on the Slow down before shifting to a lower
key (or screwdriver). gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
3. Move the shift lever. not be engaged.
4. Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi-
ately.

5 15
Driving your vehicle

Always use the parking brake. Do not


depend on placing the transmission in WARNING WARNING
P (Park) to keep the car from moving. Always buckle-up! In a collision, If your vehicle becomes stuck in
Exercise extreme caution when driving an unbelted occupant is signifi- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
on a slippery surface. Be especially cantly more likely to be seriously may attempt to rock the vehicle free
careful when braking, accelerating or injured or killed than a properly by moving it forward and backward.
shifting gears. On a slippery surface, belted occupant. Do not attempt this procedure if
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can Avoid high speeds when corner- people or objects are anywhere
cause the drive wheels to lose traction ing or turning. near the vehicle. During the rocking
and the vehicle to go out of control. Do not make quick steering operation the vehicle may suddenly
Optimum vehicle performance and wheel movements, such as sharp move forward or backward as it
economy is obtained by smoothly lane changes or fast, sharp turns. becomes unstuck, causing injury
depressing and releasing the accelera- The risk of rollover is greatly or damage to nearby people or
tor pedal. increased if you lose control of objects.
your vehicle at highway speeds.
Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver over-
steers to reenter the roadway.
In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
Never exceed posted speed lim-
its.

5 16
Driving your vehicle

E060203AUN
Moving up a steep grade from a stand-
ing start
To move up a steep grade from a stand-
ing start, depress the brake pedal, shift
the shift lever to D (Drive) and release
the parking brake. Depress the accelera-
tor gradually while releasing the service
brakes.
When accelerating from a stop on a
steep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-
dency to roll backwards. Shifting the
shift lever into 2 (Second Gear) will
help prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards.

5 17
Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM
E070100ABH E070101AUN
(Continued) In the event of brake failure
Power brakes
When descending a long or steep If service brakes fail to operate while the
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes hill, shift to a lower gear and
that adjust automatically through normal vehicle is in motion, you can make an
avoid continuous application of emergency stop with the parking brake.
usage. the brakes. Continuous brake
In the event that the power-assisted The stopping distance, however, will be
application will cause the brakes much greater than normal.
brakes lose power because of a stalled to overheat and could result in a
engine or some other reason, you can temporary loss of braking per-
still stop your vehicle by applying greater formance. WARNING - Parking brake
force to the brake pedal than you nor- Wet brakes may impair the vehi-
mally would. The stopping distance, how- Applying the parking brake while
cles ability to safely slow down; the vehicle is moving at normal
ever, will be longer. the vehicle may also pull to one speeds can cause a sudden loss of
When the engine is not running, the side when the brakes are applied. control of the vehicle. If you must
reserve brake power is partially depleted Applying the brakes lightly will use the parking brake to stop the
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do indicate whether they have been vehicle, use great caution in apply-
not pump the brake pedal when the affected in this way. Always test ing the brake.
power assist has been interrupted. your brakes in this fashion after
Pump the brake pedal only when neces- driving through deep water. To
sary to maintain steering control on slip- dry the brakes, apply them lightly
pery surfaces. while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
WARNING - Brakes Always confirm the position of
Do not drive with your foot rest- the brake and accelerator pedal
ing on the brake pedal. This will before driving. If you do not
create abnormal high brake tem- check the position of the acceler-
peratures, excessive brake lining ator and brake pedal before driv-
and pad wear, and increased ing, you may depress the acceler-
stopping distances. ator instead of the brake pedal. It
(Continued) may cause a serious accident.

5 18
Driving your vehicle

E070102AUN
Disc brakes wear indicator WARNING
Your vehicle has disc brakes. Driving with the parking brake
When your brake pads are worn and new applied will cause excessive
pads are required, you will hear a high- brake pad and brake rotor wear.
pitched warning sound from your front Do not operate the parking brake
brakes or rear brakes. You may hear this while the vehicle is moving
sound come and go or it may occur except in an emergency situation.
whenever you depress the brake pedal. It could damage the brake system
Please remember that some driving con- and lead to an accident.
ditions or climates may cause a brake
squeal when you first apply (or lightly
apply) the brakes. This is normal and does OBH058009
not indicate a problem with your brakes. Foot parking brake (if equipped)
E070201ABH
CAUTION Applying the parking brake
To avoid costly brake repairs, do To engage the parking brake, first apply
not continue to drive with worn the foot brake and then depress the park-
brake pads. ing brake pedal down as far as possible.
Always replace brake pads as In addition it is recommended that when
complete front or rear axle sets. parking the vehicle on an incline, the shift
lever should be in the P (Park) position.

WARNING - Brake wear


This brake wear warning sound
means your vehicle needs service.
If you ignore this audible warning,
you will eventually lose braking
performance, which could lead to a
serious accident.

5 19
Driving your vehicle

WARNING
To prevent unintentional move-
ment when stopped and leaving
the vehicle, do not use the
gearshift lever in place of the
parking brake. Set the parking
brake AND make sure the
gearshift lever is securely posi-
tioned in P (Park).
Never allow anyone who is unfa-
miliar with the vehicle to touch
OBH058011 W-75
the parking brake. If the parking
E070202ABH brake is released unintentionally, Check the brake warning light by turning
Releasing the parking brake serious injury may occur. the ignition switch ON (do not start the
To release the parking brake, depress All vehicles should always have engine). This light will be illuminated when
the parking brake pedal a second time the parking brake fully engaged the parking brake is applied with the igni-
while applying the foot brake. The pedal when parking to avoid inadver- tion switch in the START or ON position.
will automatically extend to the fully tent movement of the car which Before driving, be sure the parking brake
released position. If the parking brake can injure occupants or pedestri- is fully released and the brake warning
pedal does not release or does not ans. light is off.
release all the way, have the system If the brake warning light remains on after
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI the parking brake is released while engine
dealer. is running, there may be a malfunction in
the brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-
cle immediately. If that is not possible,
use extreme caution while operating the
vehicle and only continue to drive the
vehicle until you can reach a safe loca-
tion or repair shop.

5 20
Driving your vehicle

NOTICE
For your safety, you can apply the
EPB even though the ignition switch is
in the OFF position, but you cannot
release it.
For your safety, press the foot brake
and release the parking brake manu-
ally with EPB switch when you drive
downhill or back up the vehicle.

OBH059019 OBH059010
Electric parking brake (EPB) E070704BBH
(if equipped) Releasing the parking brake
E070203BBH The parking brake will be released auto-
Applying the parking brake matically when you shift the transmission
from P (Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral)
To apply the parking brake, first apply the or D (Drive) while pressing the foot brake
brake pedal and press the EPB switch. pedal.
Make sure that the brake warning light
comes on. To release the parking brake manually
with the ignition switch ON, pull the EPB
When parking the vehicle on an incline, the switch while applying the foot brake.
shift lever must be in the P (Park) position. Make sure that the brake warning light
goes off.
WARNING If the parking brake does not release or
Do not operate the parking brake does not release all the way, have the
while the vehicle is moving except system checked by an authorized
in an emergency situation. It could HYUNDAI dealer.
damage the brake system and lead
to an accident.

5 21
Driving your vehicle

Type I
WARNING
To prevent unintentional move-
ment when stopped and leaving
the vehicle, do not use the shift
lever in place of the parking
brake. Set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is
securely positioned in P (Park).
Never allow anyone who is unfa-
OBH059057N miliar with the vehicle to touch
Type II the parking brake. If the parking
brake is released unintentionally, W-75
serious injury may occur. Check the brake warning light by turning
All vehicles should always have the ignition switch ON (do not start the
the parking brake fully engaged engine). This light will be illuminated when
when parking to avoid inadvertent the parking brake is applied with the igni-
movement of the car which can tion switch in the START or ON position.
injure occupants or pedestrians. Before driving, be sure the parking brake
is fully released and the brake warning
light is off.
CAUTION If the brake warning light remains on
OBH049340N
A click sound may be heard while after the parking brake is released while
operating or releasing the EPB. engine is running, there may be a mal-
CAUTION These conditions are normal and function in the brake system. Immediate
If you try to drive by applying the indicate that the EPB is function- attention is necessary.
accelerator pedal with EPB ing properly. If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle
engaged, a warning will sound and When leaving your keys with a immediately. If that is not possible, use
message will appear. Do not apply parking lot attendant or valet, extreme caution while operating the vehi-
the accelerator pedal while the make sure to inform him/her how cle and only continue to drive the vehicle
parking brake is engaged. Damage to operate the EPB. until you can reach a safe location.
to the parking brake may occur.

5 22
Driving your vehicle

Type I If the EPB malfunction indicator remains E070704BBH


on, comes on while driving, or does not Emergency braking
come on when the ignition switch is If there is a problem with the foot brake
turned to the ON position, this indicates while driving, emergency braking is pos-
that the EPB may have malfunctioned. sible by pressing and holding the EPB
Take your vehicle to an authorized switch. Braking is possible only while you
HYUNDAI dealer and have the system are holding the EPB switch.
checked.
The EPB malfunction indicator may illu-
minate when the ESC indicator comes WARNING
OBH058057
on to indicate that the ESC is not working Do not operate the parking brake
Type II
properly, but it does not indicate a mal- while the vehicle is moving except
function of the EPB. in an emergency situation. It could
damage the brake system and lead
to an accident.

NOTICE
During emergency braking by the EPB,
the parking brake warning light will
illuminate to indicate that the system is
operating.
OBH059057
E070703ABH
EPB malfunction indicator
(if equipped)
The EPB malfunction indicator will illumi-
nate when the ignition switch is turned
ON, but should go off after approximate-
ly 3 seconds, if the system is operating
normally.

5 23
Driving your vehicle

Type I
WARNING
Do not operate the parking brake
while the vehicle is moving except
in an emergency situation. It could
damage the brake system and lead
to an accident.

OBH059058N
Type II
OBH058058
E070706BBH
EPB emergency release
If the EPB does not release properly, fol-
low these steps:
1. Shift the shift lever into P (Park).
2. Block the wheels.
3. Open the trunk and remove the cover.
4. Remove the emergency release han-
dle from the tool case. OBH049341N
5. Remove the emergency release cable 8. After using the EPB emergency
cover. release, a warning message will come
6. Install the emergency release handle on. You should operate the EPB switch
into the threaded end of the emergency for the vehicle to return to its normal
release cable by turning it clockwise. condition. If the vehicle does not return
7. Pull up the handle until sounds a "took". to normal condition, take your vehicle
The EPB warning light blinks. to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
have the system checked.

5 24
Driving your vehicle

Type I Type I 2. When you stop the vehicle completely


by pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO
HOLD maintains the brake pressure in
order to hold the vehicle stationary.
The indicator changes from white to
green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary even
if you release the foot brake pedal.

OBH058055 OBH058012
Type II Type II

OBH059055 OBH059012
AUTO HOLD (if equipped) F070801BBH
E070800BBH Set up
The AUTO HOLD keeps the vehicle 1. Press the AUTO HOLD switch. The
stopped after the driver brings the vehi- white AUTO HOLD indicator will illumi-
cle to a complete stop with the foot brake nate and the system will be in the
and releases the brake pedal. standby position.

5 25
Driving your vehicle

Type I Type I
WARNING
When driving off from AUTO HOLD
by applying accelerator pedal,
always check the surrounding area
near your vehicle.
Slowly press the accelerator pedal
for a smooth launch.

OBH059013 OBH058014
Type II Type II

OBH059073 OBH059016
Leaving F070802BBH
If you press the accelerator pedal with Cancel
the transmission in R (Reverse), D To cancel the AUTO HOLD operation,
(Drive) or sports mode, the AUTO HOLD press the AUTO HOLD switch. The AUTO
will be released automatically and the HOLD indicator will go out.
vehicle will start to move. The indicator
changes from green to white.

5 26
Driving your vehicle

Type I For your safety, the AUTO HOLD When AUTO HOLD is ON and the
automatically switches to EPB in such vehicle comes to a stop on a steep
cases as slope (about 25% gradient or more),
- the hood is open with transmission the EPB will be automatically
in D (Drive). engaged. In this case, when you
- the trunk lid is open with transmis- release EPB manually by pulling the
sion in R (Reverse). EPB switch with the foot brake pedal
- the driver's seat belt is unbuckled pressed, AUTO HOLD will hold the
and the driver's door is open. vehicle for 3 seconds in order to pre-
- AUTO HOLD is operating for a long vent the vehicle from rolling back
period of time. during the launch.
OBH059059N - the vehicle is standing on a steep If the AUTO HOLD malfunction indi-
Type II slope. cator lights up yellow on the LCD
In these cases, the brake warning light screen, the AUTO HOLD is not work-
comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator ing properly. Take your vehicle to an
changes from green to white, and authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
warning sounds and a message will have the system checked.
appear to inform you that EPB has
been automatically engaged.
Before driving again, press the foot
brake pedal, check the surrounding
area near your vehicle and release the
OBH049342N parking brake manually with the EPB
switch.
NOTICE
The AUTO HOLD does not operate
when;
- the drivers door is open.
- the shift lever is in P (Park).

5 27
Driving your vehicle

E070300AEN-EE
(Continued)
WARNING Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
On roads where the road surface
Press the accelerator pedal slow- is pitted or has different surface
ly when you start the vehicle. WARNING height.
For your safety, cancel the AUTO ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci- The safety features of an ABS (or
HOLD when you drive downhill or dents due to improper or danger- ESC) equipped vehicle should not
back up the vehicle or park the ous driving maneuvers. Even be tested by high speed driving or
vehicle. though vehicle control is improved cornering. This could endanger the
during emergency braking, always safety of yourself or others.
maintain a safe distance between
CAUTION you and objects ahead. Vehicle
If there is a malfunction with the dri- speeds should always be reduced
vers door, hood or trunk open during extreme road conditions.
detection system, the AUTO HOLD The braking distance for cars
may not work properly. equipped with an anti-lock braking
Take your vehicle to an authorized system (or Electronic Stability
HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys- Control system) may be longer than
tem checked. for those without it in the following
road conditions.
During these conditions the vehicle
should be driven at reduced
speeds:
Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads.
With tire chains installed.
(Continued)

5 28
Driving your vehicle

The ABS continuously senses the speed NOTICE


of the wheels. If the wheels are going to A click sound may be heard in the
lock, the ABS system repeatedly modu- engine compartment when the vehicle
lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the begins to move after the engine is start-
wheels. ed. These conditions are normal and
When you apply your brakes under con- indicate that the anti-lock brake system
ditions which may lock the wheels, you is functioning properly.
may hear a tik-tik sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation Even with the anti-lock brake system,
in the brake pedal. This is normal and it your vehicle still requires sufficient
means your ABS is active. stopping distance. Always maintain a
In order to obtain the maximum benefit safe distance from the vehicle in front
from your ABS in an emergency situa- of you. W-78
tion, do not attempt to modulate your Always slow down when cornering.
brake pressure and do not try to pump The anti-lock brake system cannot pre- CAUTION
your brakes. Press your brake pedal as vent accidents resulting from exces- If the ABS warning light is on and
hard as possible or as hard as the situa- sive speeds.
tion warrants and allow the ABS to con- stays on, you may have a problem
On loose or uneven road surfaces, with the ABS. In this case, howev-
trol the force being delivered to the operation of the anti-lock brake system
brakes. er, your regular brakes will work
may result in a longer stopping dis- normally.
tance than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system. The ABS warning light will stay on
for approximately 3 seconds after
the ignition switch is ON. During
that time, the ABS will go through
self-diagnosis and the light will go
off if everything is normal. If the
light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.

5 29
Driving your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING
When you drive on a road having Never drive too fast for the road
poor traction, such as an icy road, conditions or too quickly when cor-
and operate your brakes continu- nering. Electronic stability control
ously, the ABS will be active con- (ESC) will not prevent accidents.
tinuously and the ABS warning Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
light may illuminate. Pull your car maneuvers and hydroplaning on
over to a safe place and stop the wet surfaces can still result in seri-
engine. ous accidents. Only a safe and
Restart the engine. If the ABS attentive driver can prevent acci-
warning light is off, then your dents by avoiding maneuvers that
ABS system is normal. OBH058015N cause the vehicle to lose traction.
Otherwise, you may have a prob- E070500AUN-EU Even with ESC installed, always fol-
lem with the ABS. Contact an Electronic stability control (ESC) low all the normal precautions for
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as driving - including driving at safe
soon as possible. The Electronic Stability control (ESC) speeds for the conditions.
system is designed to stabilize the vehicle
during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks
where you are steering and where the
NOTICE vehicle is actually going. ESC applies the
When you jump start your vehicle brakes at individual wheels and
because of a drained battery, the engine intervenes in the engine management
may not run as smoothly and the ABS system to stabilize the vehicle.
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of the low
battery voltage. It does not mean your
ABS is malfunctioning.
Do not pump your brakes!
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.

5 30
Driving your vehicle

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) E070501ABH-EU When operating


system is an electronic system designed ESC operation When the ESC is in operation,
to help the driver maintain vehicle control ESC ON condition ESC the ESC indicator light blinks.
under adverse conditions. It is not a When the ignition is turned When the Electronic Stability
substitute for safe driving practices. ON, ESC and ESC OFF indi- Control is operating properly,
Factors including speed, road conditions - cator lights illuminate for you can feel a slight pulsation
and driver steering input can all affect approximately 3 seconds, in the vehicle. This is only the
whether ESC will be effective in then ESC is turned on. effect of brake control and
preventing a loss of control. It is still your Press the ESC OFF button indicates nothing unusual.
responsibility to drive and corner at for at least half a second after When moving out of the mud
reasonable speeds and to leave a turning the ignition ON to turn or driving on a slippery road,
sufficient margin of safety. ESC off. (ESC OFF indicator the engine rpm (revolution
When you apply your brakes under con- will illuminate). To turn the per minute) may not be
ditions which may lock the wheels, you ESC on, press the ESC OFF increased even if you press
may hear a tik-tik sound from the button (ESC OFF indicator the accelerator pedal deeply.
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation light will go off). This is to maintain the stabili-
in the brake pedal. This is normal and it When starting the engine, ty and traction of the vehicle
means your ESC is active. you may hear a slight ticking and does not indicate a prob-
sound. This is the ESC per- lem.
NOTICE forming an automatic system
A click sound may be heard in the self-check and does not indi-
engine compartment when the vehicle cate a problem.
begins to move after the engine is start-
ed. These conditions are normal and
indicate that the Electronic Stability
Control System is functioning properly.

5 31
Driving your vehicle

E070502AUN-EU
ESC indicator light (blinks) ESC warning light (comes on)
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
To cancel ESC operation, ESC
ESC press the ESC OFF button
OFF (ESC OFF indicator light illu-
minates). ESC OFF indicator light (comes on) ESC
If the ignition switch is turned
to LOCK position when ESC ESC
is off, ESC remains off. Upon OFF
restarting the engine, the
ESC will automatically turn
E070503BBH-EU E070505ABH-EU
on again.
Indicator light Warning light
When the ignition switch is turned ON, If this warning light illuminates, your vehi-
the ESC indicator light illuminates, then cle may have a malfunction with the ESC
goes off if ESC system is operating nor- system. When this warning light illumi-
mally. nates, EPB and SCC warning light may
The ESC indicator stays on when the also illuminate at the same time.
ESC may have a malfunction. Take your Have the vehicle checked by an author-
car to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer ized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-
and have the system checked. ble.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
ESC is operating.
To switch to ESC OFF mode, press the
ESC OFF button. The ESC OFF indicator
will illuminate indicating the ESC is deac-
tivated.

5 32
Driving your vehicle

E070504ABH-EU
CAUTION ESC OFF usage WARNING
Driving with varying tire or wheel When driving Never press the ESC OFF button
sizes may cause the ESC system to ESC should be turned on for daily driv- while ESC is operating.
malfunction. When replacing tires, ing whenever possible. If the ESC is turned off while ESC is
make sure they are the same size as To turn ESC off while driving, press the operating, the vehicle may go out of
your original tires. ESC OFF button while driving on a flat control.
Never operate the vehicle with dif- road surface. To turn ESC off while driving, press
ferent diameter tires installed at the Never press the ESC OFF button while the ESC OFF button while driving
same time. ESC is operating (ESC indicator light on a flat road surface.
blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat-
WARNING ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.
The Electronic Stability Control sys-
tem is only a driving aid; use pre- NOTICE
cautions for safe driving by slowing When operating the vehicle on a
down on curved, snowy, or icy dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is
roads. Drive slowly and dont turned off (ESC OFF light illuminat-
attempt to accelerate whenever the ed).
ESC indicator light is blinking, or Turning the ESC off does not affect
when the road surface is slippery. ABS or brake system operation.

5 33
Driving your vehicle

E070600BFD After parking the vehicle, check to be Do not "ride" the brake pedal. Resting
Good braking practices sure the parking brake is not engaged your foot on the brake pedal while driv-
and that the parking brake indicator ing can be dangerous because it can
light is out before driving away. result in the brakes overheating and
WARNING Driving through water may get the losing their effectiveness. It also
Whenever leaving vehicle or brakes wet. They can also get wet increases the wear of the brake com-
parking, always set the parking when the car is washed. Wet brakes ponents.
brake as far as possible and fully can be dangerous! Your car will not If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
engage the vehicle's transmis-
stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. apply the brakes gently and keep the
sion into the park position.
Wet brakes may cause the car to pull car pointed straight ahead while you
Vehicles not fully engaged in park
to one side. slow down. When you are moving
with the parking brake set are at
risk for moving inadvertently and To dry the brakes, apply the brakes slowly enough for it to be safe to do so,
injuring yourself or others. lightly until the braking action returns to pull off the road and stop in a safe
normal, taking care to keep the car place.
All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged under control at all times. If the braking If your car is equipped with an auto-
when parking to avoid inadver- action does not return to normal, stop matic transmission, do not let your car
tent movement of the car which as soon as it is safe to do so and call creep forward. To avoid creeping for-
can injure occupants or pedestri- an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for ward, keep your foot firmly on the
ans. assistance. brake pedal when the car is stopped.
Do not coast down hills with the car out
of gear. This is extremely hazardous.
Keep the car in gear at all times, use
the brakes to slow down, then shift to a
lower gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.

5 34
Driving your vehicle

Be careful when parking on a hill.


Firmly engage the parking brake and
place the gear selector lever in P. If
your car is facing downhill, turn the
front wheels into the curb to help keep
the car from rolling. If your car is facing
uphill, turn the front wheels away from
the curb to help keep the car from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to keep
the car from rolling, block the wheels.
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi-
tion. This is most likely to happen when
there is an accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if the
brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the
parking brake may freeze, apply it only
temporarily while you put the gear
selector lever in P (automatic transmis-
sion) and block the rear wheels so the
car cannot roll. Then release the park-
ing brake.
Do not hold the vehicle on an incline
with the accelerator pedal. This can
cause the transmission to overheat.
Always use the brake pedal or parking
brake.

5 35
Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


NOTICE
WARNING During normal cruise control operation,
If the cruise control is left on, when the SET switch is activated or
(CRUISE indicator light in the reactivated after applying the brakes,
instrument cluster illuminated) the cruise control will energize after
the cruise control can be activat- approximately 3 seconds. This delay is
ed unintentionally. Keep the normal.
cruise control system off
(CRUISE indicator light OFF)
when the cruise control is not in
use, to avoid inadvertently set-
ting a speed.
OBH051050 Use the cruise control system
CRUISE indicator only when traveling on open
highways in good weather.
SET indicator
Do not use the cruise control
when it may not be safe to keep
E090000ABH-EU the car at a constant speed, for
The cruise control system allows you to instance, driving in heavy or
program the vehicle to maintain a con- varying traffic, or on slippery
stant speed without pressing the acceler- (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or
ator pedal. winding roads or over 6% up-hill
This system is designed to function or down-hill roads.
above approximately 25 mph (40 km/h). Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the cruise control system.
Be careful when driving downhill
using the cruise control system,
which may increase the vehicle
speed.

5 36
Driving your vehicle

OBH058020 OBH058021 OBH058022


E090100ABH-EU 3. Push the SET- switch, and release it at E090200ABH-EU
To set cruise control speed: the desired speed. The SET indicator To increase cruise control set
1. Push the cruise ON-OFF button on the light in the instrument cluster will illumi- speed:
steering wheel to turn the system on. nate. Release the accelerator pedal.The Follow either of these procedures:
The CRUISE indicator light in the desired speed will automatically be
maintained. Push the RES+ switch and hold it. Your
instrument cluster will illuminate. vehicle will accelerate. Release the
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow switch at the speed you want.
must be more than 25 mph (40 km/h). down or speed up slightly while going
uphill or downhill. Push the RES+ switch and release it
immediately. The cruising speed will
increase 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each time
the RES+ switch is operated in this
manner.

5 37
Driving your vehicle

E090400ABH
To temporarily accelerate with the
cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily when
the cruise control is on, depress the
accelerator pedal. Increased speed will
not interfere with cruise control operation
or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your foot
off the accelerator.
If you press the SET- switch at increased
speed, the cruising speed will be set
OBH058021 OBH058023
again.
E090300ABH-EU E090500ABH
To decrease the cruising speed: To cancel cruise control, do one
Follow either of these procedures: of the following:
Push the SET- switch and hold it. Your Press the brake pedal.
vehicle will gradually slow down. Shift the shift lever into N (Neutral)
Release the switch at the speed you Press the CANCEL switch located on
want to maintain. the steering wheel.
Push the SET- switch and release it Decrease the vehicle speed lower than
immediately. The cruising speed will the memory speed by 9 mph (15
decrease 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each km/h).
time the SET- switch is operated in this Decrease the vehicle speed to less
manner. than approximately 20 mph (32 km/h).

5 38
Driving your vehicle

Press the parking brake pedal or pull


the EPB switch (if equipped). Do not
operate the parking brake while driving
except in an emergency situation.

Each of these actions will cancel cruise


control operation (the SET indicator light
in the instrument cluster will go off), but it
will not turn the system off. If you wish to
resume cruise control operation, push
the RES+ switch located on your steering
wheel. You will return to your previously
preset speed. OBH058022 OBH058020
E090600ABH E090700ABH
To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do one
more than approximately 25 mph of the following:
(40 km/h): Push the cruise ON/OFF button (the
If any method other than the cruise CRUISE indicator light in the instru-
ON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruis- ment cluster will go off).
ing speed and the system is still activat- Turn the ignition off.
ed, the most recent set speed will auto- Both of these actions cancel cruise con-
matically resume when the RES+ switch trol operation. If you want to resume
is pushed. cruise control operation, repeat the steps
It will not resume, however, if the vehicle provided in To set cruise control speed
speed has dropped below approximately on the previous page.
25 mph (40 km/h).

NOTICE
Always check the road conditions when
pressing the RES+ switch to resume the
speed.

5 39
Driving your vehicle

SMART CRUISE CONTROL (SCC) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


Type I E150000ABH
The smart cruise control system allows (Continued)
you to program the vehicle to maintain a Pay particular attention to the
set speed so long as it is not limited by driving conditions whenever
traffic. When traffic is encountered the using the smart cruise control
vehicle will be slowed to maintain a set system.
distance behind traffic without depress- Be careful when driving downhill
ing the accelerator or brake pedal. using the smart cruise control
system, which may increase the
WARNING vehicle speed.
If the smart cruise control is left The smart cruise control system
OBH059051N
on, (CRUISE indicator light in the is not a substitute for safe driving
Type II
instrument cluster illuminated) practices but a convenience
the smart cruise control can be function only. It is the responsi-
activated unintentionally. Keep bility of the driver to always
the smart cruise control system check the speed and distance to
off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) the vehicle ahead.
when the smart cruise control is
not in use, to avoid inadvertently NOTICE
setting a speed.
During normal smart cruise control
Use the smart cruise control sys- operation, when the SET switch is acti-
tem only when traveling on open vated or reactivated after applying the
OBH052051N highways in good weather. brakes, the smart cruise control will
Do not use the smart cruise con-
CRUISE indicator trol when it may not be safe to
energize after approximately 3 seconds.
SET indicator This delay is normal.
keep the car at a constant speed,
Set speed for instance, driving in heavy or
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance varying traffic, or on slippery
(rainy, icy or snow-covered) or
winding roads or over 6% up-hill
or down-hill roads.
(Continued)

5 40
Driving your vehicle

OBH058020 OBH058021 OBH058022


E150100ABH 3. Push the SET- switch, and release it at E150200ABH
To set cruise control speed: the desired speed. The SET indicator To increase cruise control set
1. Push the cruise ON-OFF button on the light, set speed and vehicle to vehicle speed:
steering wheel to turn the system on. distance on the LCD screen will illumi- Follow either of these procedures:
The CRUISE indicator light in the nate. Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automatically Push the RES+ switch and hold it. Your
instrument cluster will illuminate. vehicle set speed will increase by 10
be maintained.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed. km/h or 5 mph. Release the switch at
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the the speed you want.
min. 19 mph (30 km/h): when there is
speed may decrease to maintain the dis-
no vehicle in front
tance to the vehicle ahead. Push the RES+ switch and release it
min. 6 mph (10 km/h): when there is a immediately. The cruising speed will
On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow increase by 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each
vehicle in front
down or speed up slightly while going time the RES+ switch is operated in
uphill or downhill. this manner.

5 41
Driving your vehicle

E150400ABH
To temporarily accelerate with the
cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily when
the cruise control is on, depress the
accelerator pedal. Increased speed will
not interfere with cruise control operation
or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your foot
off the accelerator.
If you press the SET- switch at increased
speed, the cruising speed will be set
OBH058021 OBH058023
again.
E150300ABH E150500ABH
To decrease the cruising speed: NOTICE Cruise control will be canceled
Follow either of these procedures: when;
Be careful when accelerating temporar-
Push the SET- switch and hold it. Your ily, because the speed is not regulated Depressing the brake pedal.
vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 automatically at this time even if there is Shifting the shift lever into N (Neutral) or
mph or 10 km/h. Release the switch at a vehicle in front of you. R (Reverse).
the speed you want. Pressing the CANCEL switch located
Push the SET- switch and release it on the steering wheel.
immediately. The cruising speed will Decreasing the vehicle speed to less
decrease by 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each than approximately 19 mph (30 km/h).
time the SET- switch is operated in this Operating the parking brake pedal or
manner. the EPB switch (if equipped). Do not
You can set the speed 19 mph (30 operate the parking brake while driving
km/h). except in an emergency situation.
The ESC or ABS is operating.
Downshifting to the 2nd gear with
sports mode.

5 42
Driving your vehicle

Decreasing the vehicle speed to less NOTICE


than approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) as Always check the road conditions when
the vehicle in front of you. pressing the RES+ switch to resume the
The ESC is turned off. speed.
The sensor or the cover is dirty or
obscured with foreign matter.

Each of these actions will cancel smart


cruise control operation (the SET indica-
tor light, set speed and vehicle to vehicle
distance on the LCD screen will go off),
but it will not turn the system off. If you
OBH058022
wish to resume smart cruise control
operation, push the RES+ switch located E090600ABH
on your steering wheel. You will return to To resume cruise control set
your previously preset speed. speed
If any method other than the cruise
ON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruis-
CAUTION ing speed and the system is still activat-
If the sensor cover is dirty or ed, the most recent set speed will auto-
obstructed, the smart cruise control matically resume when the RES+ switch
will cancel automatically. is pushed.
It will not resume, however, if the vehicle
speed has dropped below approximately
6 mph (10 km/h) when the sensor
detects the vehicle ahead or if the vehicle
speed has dropped below approximately
19 mph (30 km/h) when there is no vehi-
cle in front of your vehicle.

5 43
Driving your vehicle

The vehicle to vehicle distance will auto-


matically activate when the smart cruise
control system is on.
Select the appropriate distance accord-
ing to road conditions and vehicle speed.

Each time the button is pressed, the vehi-


cle to vehicle distance changes as fol-
lows;

Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1


OBH058020 OBH058024
E150700ABH E150800ABH
For example, if you drive at 50 mph (80
To turn cruise control off, do one To set vehicle to vehicle distance: km/h), the distance is maintained as fol-
of the following: This function allows you to program the lows;
Push the cruise ON/OFF button (the vehicle to maintain a following distance
CRUISE indicator light in the instru- to the vehicle ahead without depressing Distance 3 - approximately 180 feet
ment cluster will go off). the accelerator pedal or brake pedal. Distance 2 - approximately 130 feet
Turn the engine off. Distance 1 - approximately 85 feet
Both of these actions cancel smart cruise
control operation. If you want to resume
smart cruise control operation, repeat NOTICE
the steps provided in To set cruise con- The 'Distance 3' is always set when the
trol speed on the previous page. system is used for the first time after
starting the engine.

5 44
Driving your vehicle

Type I Type I Type I

Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1

OBH059025N OBH059026N OBH059052N


Type II Type II Type II

Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1

OBH052025N OBH052026N OBH042315L


E150801ABH E150802ABH The warning chime will sound and a
When the lane ahead is clear: When there is a vehicle ahead of you message will appear when the vehicle
The vehicle speed will maintain the set in your lane: speed decreases to less than 6 mph
speed. Your vehicle speed will slow down or (10 km/h) due to a vehicle ahead, and
speed up to maintain the selected dis- the smart cruise control system will
tance. automatically deactivate.
If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your
vehicle will travel at a steady cruising
speed after accelerating to the set
speed.
5 45
Driving your vehicle

If the system is deactivated, you must Type I


actively adjust the vehicle speed, as
well as the distance to the vehicle
ahead by depressing the accelerator or
brake pedal.
Always check the road conditions. Do
not rely on the warning chime.

CAUTION
The warning chime sounds and
malfunction indicator blinks if it OBH059071N
is hard to maintain the selected OBH052027
Type II
distance to the vehicle ahead.
E150803ABH
If the warning chime sounds,
actively adjust the vehicle speed, Sensor to detect distance to the
as well as the distance to the vehicle ahead
vehicle ahead by depressing the The sensor detects distance to the vehi-
accelerator or brake pedal. cle ahead.
Even if the warning chime is not If the sensor is covered with dirt or other
activated, always pay attention to foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle dis-
the driving conditions to prevent tance control may not operate correctly.
dangerous situations from occur- Always keep the sensor clean. OBH049344
ring.
Sensor malfunction indicator
If the sensor or cover is dirty or obscured
with foreign matter such as snow, the
indicator will illuminate. Clean the sensor
by using a soft cloth.

5 46
Driving your vehicle

Type I
CAUTION
Do not install accessories around
the sensor and do not replace the
bumper by yourself. It may inter-
fere with the sensor performance.
Always keep the sensor and
bumper clean.
To prevent sensor cover damage
from occurring, wash the car with
OBH059072N a soft cloth.
Type II Do not damage the sensor or sen-
sor area by a strong impact. If the OBH058029
sensor moves slightly off posi- E150900ABH
tion, the smart cruise control sys- Limitations of the system
tem will not operate correctly. The smart cruise control system may
If this occurs, have your vehicle have limits to its ability to detect distance
checked by an authorized to the vehicle ahead due to road and traf-
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as pos- fic conditions.
sible.
Use only a genuine HYUNDAI On curves
sensor cover for your vehicle.
OBH049345 On curves, the smart cruise control
SCC (Smart cruise control) malfunc- system may not detect a moving vehi-
tion indicator cle in your lane, and then your vehicle
could accelerate to the set speed. Also,
The warning light illuminates when the
the vehicle speed will slow down when
vehicle to vehicle distance control sys-
the vehicle ahead is recognized sud-
tem is not functioning normally.
denly.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Select the appropriate set speed on
HYUNDAI dealer and have the system
curves and apply the brakes or accel-
checked.
erator pedal if necessary.

5 47
Driving your vehicle

OBH058030 OBH058053 OBH058045


Your vehicle speed can be reduced E150902ABH E150903ABH
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. On inclines Lane changing
Apply the accelerator pedal and select During uphill or downhill driving, the A vehicle which moves into your lane
the appropriate set speed. Check to be smart cruise control system may not from an adjacent lane cannot be rec-
sure that the road conditions permit detect a moving vehicle in your lane, ognized by the sensor until it is in the
safe operation of the smart cruise con- and cause your vehicle to accelerate to sensor's detection range.
trol. the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed The sensor may not detect immediate-
will slow down when the vehicle ahead ly when a vehicle cuts in suddenly.
is recognized suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road
Select the appropriate set speed on and driving conditions.
inclines and apply the brakes or accel- If a vehicle which moves into your lane
erator pedal if necessary. is slower than your vehicle, your speed
may decrease to maintain the distance
to the vehicle ahead.
If a vehicle which moves into your lane
is faster than your vehicle, your vehicle
will accelerate to the selected speed.

5 48
Driving your vehicle

A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized


correctly by the sensor if any of following WARNING
occurs: The vehicle cannot be stopped by
- When the vehicle is pointing upwards using the smart cruise control
due to overloading in the trunk system.
- When operating the steering wheel If an emergency stop is neces-
- When driving to one side of the lane sary, you must apply the brakes.
- When driving on narrow lanes or on Keep a safe distance according
curves to road conditions and vehicle
Apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if speed. If the vehicle to vehicle
necessary. distance is too close during a
high-speed driving, it may cause
OBH058046 a serious collision.
E150904ABH The smart cruise control system
Vehicle recognition can not recognize a stopped
Some vehicles ahead in your lane cannot vehicle, pedestrians or an
be recognized by the sensor as follows: oncoming vehicle. Always look
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or ahead cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situa-
bicycles
tions from occurring.
- Vehicles offset to one side
In front of you, vehicles moving
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-decel- with a frequent lane change may
erating vehicles cause a delay in the system's
- Stopped vehicles reaction or may cause the system
- Vehicles with small rear profile such as to react to a vehicle actually in an
trailers with no loads adjacent lane. Always look ahead
cautiously to prevent unexpected
and sudden situations from
occurring.
(Continued)

5 49
Driving your vehicle

(Continued) CAUTION
The smart cruise control system The smart cruise control system
is not a substitute for safe driving may not operate temporarily due to
practices but a convenience electrical interference.
function only. It is the responsi-
bility of the driver to always
check the speed and the distance
to the vehicle ahead.
Always be aware of the selected
speed and vehicle to vehicle dis-
tance.
Always maintain sufficient brak-
ing distance and decelerate your
vehicle by applying the brakes if
necessary.
As the smart cruise control sys-
tem may not recognize complex
driving situations, always pay
attention to driving conditions
and control your vehicle speed.
For safe operation, carefully read
and follow the instructions in this
manual before use.

5 50
Driving your vehicle

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM (LDWS) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING
The LDWS does not make the
vehicle change lanes. It is the dri-
ver's responsibility to always
check the road conditions.
Do not turn the steering wheel
suddenly, when the LDWS warns
you that your vehicle is leaving
the lane.
OVI059012 If the sensor cannot detect the
lane or if the vehicle speed does
not exceed 43 mph (70 km/h), the OBH049338
LDWS won't warn you even though To operate the LDWS, press the switch
the vehicle leaves the lane. with the ignition in the ON position. The
If your vehicle has window tint or indicator illuminates on the cluster. To
other types of coating on the cancel the LDWS, press the switch
front windshield, the LDWS may again.
not work properly.
Do not let water or any kind of liq-
uid come in contact with the
LDWS sensor.
OBH052100N Do not remove LDWS parts and
This system detects the lane with the do not damage the sensor by a
sensor at the front windshield and warns strong impact.
you when your vehicle leaves the lane. Do not put objects that reflect
light on the dash board.
Always check the road conditions
because you may not hear the
LDWS warning chime due to
audio volume or external noise.

5 51
Driving your vehicle

When the sensor detects the lane line

OBH059304
When the sensor doesnt detect the lane line
OBH059301 OBH049337L
1. Visual warning Warning indicator
If you leave the lane, the lane you leave If the LDWS FAIL warning indicator
on the LCD display blinks yellow with an comes on, the LDWS is not working
0.8 second interval. properly. Take your vehicle to an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-
2. Auditory warning tem checked.
If you leave the lane, the warning sound
operates with an 0.8 second interval.
OBH059302
If your vehicle leaves the lane when the
LDWS is operating and vehicle speed
exceeds 43 mph (70 km/h), the warning
operates as follows:

5 52
Driving your vehicle

The LDWS does not operate The LDWS may not warn you even The distance from vehicle ahead is
when: if the vehicle leaves the lane, or very short or the vehicle ahead drives
The driver turns on the turn signal to may warn you even if the vehicle hiding the lane line.
change lane. does not leave the lane when: The vehicle shakes heavily.
However, when the hazard warning The lane can't be visible due to snow, The lane number increases or
flasher is operating, the LDWS oper- rain, stain, a puddle or many other decreases or the lane lines are cross-
ates normally. things. ing.
Operating the wiper switch with HI The brightness outside changes sud- Putting something on the dashboard.
mode due to heavy rain. denly. Driving with the sun in front of you.
Driving on the lane line. Not turning on the headlights at night Driving in areas under construction.
or in a tunnel. The lane line is more than two.
NOTICE Difficult to distinguish the color of the
To change lane, operate the turn signal lane marking from the road.
switch then change the lane. Driving on a steep grade or a curve.
Light reflects from the water on the
road.
The lens or windshield is stained with
foreign matter.
The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain or heavy
snow.
The surrounding of the inside rear view
mirror temperature is high due to a
direct sun light.
The lane is very wide or narrow.
The lane line is damaged or indistinct.
A shadow is on the lane line by a medi-
an strip.
There is a mark that looks like lane line.
There is a boundary structure.

5 53
Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION
E100000AEN Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This can Keep your car in good condition. For
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends increase fuel consumption and also better fuel economy and reduced
mainly on your style of driving, where you increase wear on these components. maintenance costs, maintain your car
drive and when you drive. In addition, driving with your foot rest- in accordance with the maintenance
Each of these factors affects how many ing on the brake pedal may cause the schedule in section 7. If you drive your
miles (kilometers) you can get from a gal- brakes to overheat, which reduces car in severe conditions, more frequent
lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicle their effectiveness and may lead to maintenance is required (see section 7
as economically as possible, use the fol- more serious consequences. for details).
lowing driving suggestions to help save Take care of your tires. Keep them Keep your car clean. For maximum
money in both fuel and repairs: inflated to the recommended pressure. service, your vehicle should be kept
Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder- Incorrect inflation, either too much or clean and free of corrosive materials. It
ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts too little, results in unnecessary tire is especially important that mud, dirt,
or full-throttle shifts and maintain a wear. Check the tire pressures at least ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulate
steady cruising speed. Don't race once a month. on the underside of the car. This extra
between stoplights. Try to adjust your Be sure that the wheels are aligned weight can result in increased fuel con-
speed to that of the other traffic so you correctly. Improper alignment can sumption and also contribute to corro-
don't have to change speeds unneces- result from hitting curbs or driving too sion.
sarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever fast over irregular surfaces. Poor align- Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary
possible. Always maintain a safe dis- ment causes faster tire wear and may weight in your car. Weight reduces fuel
tance from other vehicles so you can also result in other problems as well as economy.
avoid unnecessary braking. This also greater fuel consumption. Don't let the engine idle longer than
reduces brake wear. necessary. If you are waiting (and not
Drive at a moderate speed. The faster in traffic), turn off your engine and
you drive the more fuel your vehicle restart only when you're ready to go.
uses. Driving at a moderate speed, in
the highest gear appropriate for the
conditions, especially on the highway,
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.

5 54
Driving your vehicle

Remember, your vehicle does not Use your air conditioning sparingly.
require extended warm-up. After the The air conditioning system is operat- WARNING - Engine off dur-
engine has started, allow the engine to ed by engine power so your fuel econ- ing motion
run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac- omy is reduced when you use it. Never turn the engine off to coast
ing the vehicle in gear. In very cold Open windows at high speeds can down hills or anytime the vehicle is
weather, however, give your engine a reduce fuel economy. in motion. The power steering and
slightly longer warm-up period. Fuel economy is less in crosswinds power brakes will not function
Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset some of properly without the engine run-
Lugging is driving too slowly in too high this loss, slow down when driving in ning. Instead, keep the engine on
a gear resulting in the engine bucking. these conditions. and downshift to an appropriate
If this happens, shift to a lower gear. gear for engine braking effect. In
Over-revving is racing the engine Keeping a vehicle in good operating con- addition, turning off the ignition
beyond its safe limit. This can be avoid- dition is important both for economy and while driving could engage the
ed by shifting at the recommended safety. Therefore, have an authorized steering wheel lock resulting in
speeds. HYUNDAI dealer perform scheduled loss of vehicle steering which
inspections and maintenance. could cause serious injury or
death.

5 55
Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS


E110200ABH-EU
WARNING - ABS Rocking the vehicle
Do not pump the brake pedal on a If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free
vehicle equipped with ABS. it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the
steering wheel right and left to clear the
area around your front wheels. Then, shift
If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use back and forth between R (Reverse) and
second gear. Accelerate slowly to any forward gear in vehicles equipped
avoid spinning the drive wheels. with an automatic transmission. Do not
Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or race the engine, and spin the wheels as
other non-slip material under the drive little as possible. If you are still stuck after
wheels to provide traction when stalled a few tries, have the vehicle pulled out by
OBH058034 in ice, snow, or mud. a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating
E110100ABH Leave ESC system on for best traction and possible damage to the transmission.
Hazardous driving conditions when attempting to get vehicle
unstuck.
When hazardous driving conditions are CAUTION
encountered such as water, snow, ice, Prolonged rocking may cause
mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow WARNING - Downshifting engine over-heating, transmission
these suggestions: Downshifting with an automatic damage or failure, and tire damage.
Drive cautiously and allow extra dis- transmission, while driving on slip-
tance for braking. pery surfaces can cause an acci-
Avoid sudden movements in braking or dent. The sudden change in tire
steering. speed could cause the tires to skid.
Be careful when downshifting on
slippery surfaces.

5 56
Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Spinning tires


Do not spin the wheels, especially
at speeds more than 35 mph (56
km/h). Spinning the wheels at high
speeds when the vehicle is station-
ary could cause a tire to overheat
which could result in tire damage
that may injure bystanders.

NOTICE
The ESC system should be turned OFF OBH058035L OBH058054L
prior to rocking the vehicle. E110300AUN E110400ABH-EU
Smooth cornering Driving at night
WARNING Avoid braking or gear changing in cor- Because night driving presents more
If your vehicle becomes stuck in ners, especially when roads are wet. hazards than driving in the daylight, here
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you Finish braking before entering a turn are some important tips to remember:
may attempt to rock the vehicle free while the vehicle is still travelling in a Slow down and keep more distance
by moving it forward and backward. straight line. Ideally, corners should between you and other vehicles, as it
Do not attempt this procedure if always be taken under gentle accelera- may be more difficult to see at night,
people or objects are anywhere tion. If you follow these suggestions, tire especially in areas where there may
near the vehicle. During the rocking wear will be held to a minimum. not be any street lights.
operation the vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or
objects.

5 57
Driving your vehicle

Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare If your tires are not in good condition,
from other driver's headlights. making a quick stop on wet pavement
Keep your headlights clean and prop- can cause a skid and possibly lead to
erly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed an accident. Be sure your tires are in
headlights will make it much more diffi- good shape.
cult to see at night. Headlight operation Turn on your headlights to make it eas-
when using windshield wipers is ier for others to see you.
mandatory in some states. Driving too fast through large puddles
Avoid staring directly at the headlights can affect your brakes. If you must go
of oncoming vehicles. You could be through puddles, try to drive through
temporarily blinded, and it will take them slowly.
several seconds for your eyes to read- If you believe you may have gotten
just to the darkness. OBH058037L your brakes wet, apply them lightly
E110500AUN while driving until normal braking oper-
Driving in the rain ation returns.
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if youre not pre- E110600AUN
pared for the slick pavement. Here are a Driving in flooded areas
few things to consider when driving in the Avoid driving through flooded areas
rain: unless you are sure the water is no high-
A heavy rainfall will make it harder to er than the bottom of the wheel hub.
see and will increase the distance Drive through any water slowly. Allow
needed to stop your vehicle, so slow adequate stopping distance because
down. brake performance may be affected.
Keep your windshield wiping equip- After driving through water, dry the
ment in good shape. Replace your brakes by gently applying them several
windshield wiper blades when they times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield.

5 58
Driving your vehicle

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil


WARNING High speed travel consumes more fuel
Underinflated or overinflated than urban motoring. Do not forget to
tires can cause poor handling, check both engine coolant and engine
loss of vehicle control, and sud- oil.
den tire failure leading to acci-
dents, injuries, and even death. Drive belt
Always check tires for proper A loose or damaged drive belt may result
inflation before driving. For prop- in overheating of the engine.
er tire pressures, refer to Tires
and wheels in section 8.
Driving on tires with no or insuffi-
OBH028001 cient tread is dangerous. Worn-
E110700ABH out tires can result in loss of
Highway driving vehicle control, collisions, injury,
and even death. Worn-out tires
Tires
should be replaced as soon as
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to possible and should never be
specification. Low tire inflation pressures used for driving. Always check
will result in overheating and possible the tire tread before driving your
failure of the tires. car. For further information and
Avoid using worn or damaged tires which tread limits, refer to Tires and
may result in reduced traction or tire fail- wheels in section 7.
ure.

NOTICE
Never exceed the maximum tire inflation
pressure shown on the tires.

5 59
Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING
E120100AUN E120101AUN
Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
be necessary to use snow tires or to make sure they are radial tires of the
install tire chains on your tires. If snow same size and load range as the original
tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels
tires equivalent in size and type of the to balance your vehicles handling in all
original equipment tires. Failure to do so weather conditions. Keep in mind that the
may adversely affect the safety and han- traction provided by snow tires on dry
dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding, roads may not be as high as your vehi-
rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli- cle's original equipment tires. You should
cations, and sharp turns are potentially drive cautiously even when the roads are
OBH058040 very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for max-
E120000ABH During deceleration, use engine braking imum speed recommendations.
More severe weather conditions of winter to the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-
result in greater wear and other prob- cations on snowy or icy roads may cause
skids to occur. You need to keep suffi- WARNING - Snow tire size
lems. To minimize winter driving problem,
you should follow these suggestions: cient distance between the vehicle in Snow tires should be equivalent in
operation in front and your vehicle. Also, size and type to the vehicle's stan-
apply the brake gently. It should be noted dard tires. Otherwise, the safety
that installing tire chains on the tire will and handling of your vehicle may
provide a greater driving force, but will be adversely affected.
not prevent side skids.
Do not install studded tires without first
NOTICE checking local, state and municipal regu-
Tire chains are not legal in all states. lations for possible restrictions against
Check state laws before fitting tire their use.
chains.

5 60
Driving your vehicle

Chain installation
CAUTION When installing chains, follow the manu-
Make sure the snow chains are facturer's instructions and mount them as
the correct size and type for your tightly as you can. Drive slowly with
tires. Incorrect snow chains can chains installed. If you hear the chains
cause damage to the vehicle body contacting the body or chassis, stop and
and suspension and may not be tighten them. If they still make contact,
covered by your vehicle manufac- slow down until it stops. Remove the
turer warranty. Also, the snow chains as soon as you begin driving on
chain connecting hooks may be cleared roads.
damaged from contacting vehicle
components causing the snow
OBH058042 chains to come loose from the WARNING
tire. Make sure the snow chains - Mounting chains
E120102ABH
are SAE class S certified. When mounting snow chains, park
Tire chains
Always check chain installation the vehicle on level ground away
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
thinner, they can be damaged by mount- for proper mounting after driving
approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 Hazard Warning flashers and place
ing some types of snow chains on them. a triangular emergency warning
Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec- to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.
Retighten or remount the chains device behind the vehicle if avail-
ommended instead of snow chains. Do able. Always place the vehicle in P
not mount tire chains on vehicles if they are loose.
(Park), apply the parking brake and
equipped with aluminum wheels; snow turn off the engine before installing
chains may cause damage to the wheels. snow chains.
If snow chains must be used, use wire-
type chains with a thickness of less than
0.47 in (12 mm). Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper snow chain use is
not covered by your vehicle manufactur-
ers warranty.
Install tire chains only on the rear tires.

5 61
Driving your vehicle

E120200AUN E120400ABH
WARNING - Tire chains Use high quality ethylene glycol Change to "winter weight" oil if
The use of chains may adversely coolant necessary
affect vehicle handling. Your vehicle is delivered with high quality In some climates it is recommended that
Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be
or the chain manufacturers rec- system. It is the only type of coolant that used during cold weather. See section 8
ommended speed limit, whichev- should be used because it helps prevent for recommendations. If you aren't sure
er is lower. corrosion in the cooling system, lubri- what weight oil you should use, consult
Drive carefully and avoid bumps, cates the water pump and prevents an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
holes, sharp turns, and other freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish
road hazards, which may cause your coolant in accordance with the E120500AUN
the vehicle to bounce. maintenance schedule in section 7.
Before winter, have your coolant tested to
Check spark plugs and ignition
Avoid sharp turns or locked- system
wheel braking. assure that its freezing point is sufficient
for the temperatures anticipated during Inspect your spark plugs as described in
the winter. section 7 and replace them if necessary.
Also check all ignition wiring and compo-
CAUTION nents to be sure they are not cracked,
E120300AEN
Chains that are the wrong size or worn or damaged in any way.
improperly installed can damage Check battery and cables
your vehicle's brake lines, sus- Winter puts additional burdens on the
pension, body and wheels. battery system. Visually inspect the bat-
Stop driving and retighten the tery and cables as described in section
chains any time you hear them 7. The level of charge in your battery can
hitting the vehicle. be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer or a service station.

5 62
Driving your vehicle

E120600AUN E120800ABH E121000AUN


To keep locks from freezing Do not let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an freeze Depending on the severity of the weath-
approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into Under some conditions your parking er where you drive your car, you should
the key opening. If a lock is covered with brake can freeze in the engaged position. carry appropriate emergency equipment.
ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing This is most likely to happen when there Some of the items you may want to carry
fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is is an accumulation of snow or ice around include tire chains, tow straps or chains,
frozen internally, you may be able to thaw or near the rear brakes or if the brakes flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a
it out by using a heated key. Handle the are wet. If there is a risk the parking shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,
heated key with care to avoid injury. brake may freeze, apply it only temporar- gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,
ily while you put the gear selector lever in etc.
E120700AEN P and block the rear wheels so the car
Use approved window washer cannot roll. Then release the parking
brake.
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer
E120900AUN
system from freezing, add an approved
window washer anti-freeze solution in Do not let ice and snow accumu-
accordance with instructions on the con- late underneath
tainer. Window washer anti-freeze is Under some conditions, snow and ice
available from an authorized HYUNDAI can build up under the fenders and inter-
dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do fere with the steering. When driving in
not use engine coolant or other types of severe winter conditions where this may
anti-freeze as these may damage the happen, you should periodically check
paint finish. underneath the car to be sure the move-
ment of the front wheels and the steering
components is not obstructed.

5 63
Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT


E150101ABH
Vehicle capacity weight:
904 lbs. (410 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-
mum combined weight of occupants
and cargo.

E150102ABH
OBH052064L OBH052067L Seating capacity:
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
OBH052063N OBH052066L all of the occupants, and the weight
E150100AUN of the cargo being carried.
Tire and loading information label Do not overload the vehicle as there
The label located on the driver's door is a limit to the total weight, or load
sill gives the original tire size, cold limit including occupants and cargo,
tire pressures recommended for your the vehicle can carry.
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
OBH052065L

5 64
Driving your vehicle

Towing capacity: R1-090003 5. Determine the combined weight of


We do not recommend using this Steps For Determining Correct Load luggage and cargo being loaded
vehicle for trailer towing. Limit - on the vehicle. That weight may
1. Locate the statement "The com- not safely exceed the available
bined weight of occupants and cargo and luggage load capacity
Cargo capacity: cargo should never exceed XXX calculated in Step 4.
The cargo capacity of your vehicle kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's
will increase or decrease depending 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
placard. er, load from your trailer will be
on the weight and the number of
occupants. 2. Determine the combined weight of transferred to your vehicle. Consult
the driver and passengers that will this manual to determine how this
be riding in your vehicle. reduces the available cargo and
3. Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your
the driver and passengers from vehicle.
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the NOTICE
available amount of cargo and lug- We do not recommend using this
gage load capacity. For example, if vehicle for trailer towing.
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and lug-
gage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5 65
Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

A B C A B C A B C
C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total


Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs
A A A
Weight (635 kg) Weight (635 kg) Weight (635 kg)
Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant
300 lbs 750 lbs 860 lbs
B Weight B Weight B Weight
(136 kg) (340 kg) (390 kg)
150 lbs (68 kg) 2 150 lbs (68 kg) 5 172 lbs (78 kg) 5
Available Cargo and 1100 lbs Available Cargo and 650 lbs Available Cargo and 540 lbs
C C C
Luggage weight (499 kg) Luggage weight (295 kg) Luggage weight (245 kg)
Refer to your vehicles tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.

5 66
Driving your vehicle

To find out the actual loads on your


(Continued)
front and rear axles, you need to go
to a weigh station and weigh your Do not load your vehicle any
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with heavier than the GVWR, either
this. Be sure to spread out your load the maximum front or rear
equally on both sides of the center- GAWR and vehicle capacity
line. weight. If you do, parts,
including tires on your vehicle
can break, and it can change
WARNING - Over loading the way your vehicle handles
Never exceed the GVWR for and braking ability. This could
your vehicle, the GAWR for cause you to lose control and
OBH059070 either the front or rear axle crash. Also, overloading can
E150200ABH and vehicle capacity weight. shorten the life of your vehi-
Certification label Exceeding these ratings can cle.
The certification label is located on cause an accident or vehicle
the driver's door sill at the center pil- damage. You can calculate the
lar. weight of your load by weigh- The label will help you decide how
ing the items (or people) much cargo and installed equipment
This label shows the maximum before putting them in the
allowable weight of the fully loaded your vehicle can carry.
vehicle. Be careful not to over-
vehicle. This is called the GVWR load your vehicle.
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The If you carry items inside your vehicle
GVWR includes the weight of the (Continued)
- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and anything else - they are moving as
cargo. fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
This label also tells you the maxi- or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
mum weight that can be supported the items will keep going and can
by the front and rear axles, called cause an injury if they strike the driv-
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). er or a passenger.

5 67
Driving your vehicle

WARNING CAUTION WARNING - Loose cargo


Overloading your vehicle can Overloading your vehicle may Items you carry inside your
cause heat buildup in your cause damage. Repairs would vehicle can strike and injure
vehicle's tires and possible not be covered by your warran- occupants in a sudden stop or
tire failure that could lead to a ty. Do not overload your vehicle. turn, or in a crash.
crash. Using heavier suspension com- Put items in the cargo area of
Overloading your vehicle can ponents to get added durability your vehicle. Try to spread the
cause increased stopping dis- might not change your weight weight evenly.
tances that could lead to a ratings. Ask your dealer to help Never stack items, like suit-
crash. you load your vehicle the right cases, inside the vehicle
A crash resulting from poor way. above the tops of the seats.
handling, vehicle damage, tire Do not leave an unsecured
failure, or increased stopping child restraint in your vehicle.
distances could result in seri-
ous injury or death. When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.

5 68
Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT
E160000ABH E160300AUN E160700AUN-EU
This section will guide you in the proper Cargo weight GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)
loading of your vehicle, to keep your This figure includes all weight added to This is the maximum allowable weight of
loaded vehicle weight within its design the Base Curb Weight, including cargo the fully loaded vehicle (including all
rating capability. Properly loading your and optional equipment. options, equipment, passengers and
vehicle will provide maximum return of cargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-
the vehicle design performance. Before E160400AUN tification label located on the drivers
loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself GAW (Gross axle weight) door sill.
with the following terms for determining
This is the total weight placed on each
your vehicle's weight ratings, from the
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
vehicle's specifications and the certifica-
tion label: curb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN
E160100AUN
Base curb weight GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the weight of the vehicle including This is the maximum allowable weight
a full tank of fuel and all standard equip- that can be carried by a single axle (front
ment. It does not include passengers, or rear). These numbers are shown on
cargo, or optional equipment. the certification label.
The total load on each axle must never
exceed its GAWR.
E160200AUN
Vehicle curb weight
E160600AUN
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
plus any aftermarket equipment. This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers.

5 69
Driving your vehicle

TRAILER TOWING
E140000ABH
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.

5 70
Road warning / 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2
If the engine will not start / 6-3
Emergency starting / 6-4
If the engine overheats / 6-6
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7
If you have a flat tire / 6-13
Towing / 6-21

What to do in an emergency 6
What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY


It should be used whenever emergency
WHILE DRIVING
repairs are being made or when the vehi- If the engine stalls at a crossroad
cle is stopped near the edge of a road- or crossing
way.
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
Depress the flasher switch with the igni- crossing, set the shift lever in the N
tion switch in any position. The flasher (Neutral) position and then push the vehi-
switch is located in the center console cle to a safe place.
switch panel. All turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
F020200ABH

The hazard warning flasher operates If you have a flat tire while driving
whether your vehicle is running or not. If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
OBH068001N 1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal
The turn signals do not work when the
F010100AUN hazard flasher is on. and let the car slow down while driving
Hazard warning flasher Care must be taken when using the straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes
The hazard warning flasher serves as a hazard warning flasher while the vehi- immediately or attempt to pull off the
warning to other drivers to exercise cle is being towed. road as this may cause a loss of con-
extreme caution when approaching, trol. When the car has slowed to such
overtaking, or passing your vehicle. a speed that it is safe to do so, brake
carefully and pull off the road. Drive off
the road as far as possible and park on
firm, level ground. If you are on a divid-
ed highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.

6 2
What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START


2. When the car is stopped, turn on your F030100BBH F030200ABH
emergency hazard flashers, set the If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally but
parking brake and put the shift lever in turns over slowly does not start
P. 1. Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral) 1. Check fuel level.
3. Have all passengers get out of the car. or P (Park) and the emergency brake 2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK
Be sure they all get out on the side of is set. position, check all connectors at igni-
the car that is away from traffic. 2. Check the battery connections to be tion coils and spark plugs. Reconnect
4. When changing a flat tire, follow the sure they are clean and tight. any that may be disconnected or
instruction provided later in this sec- 3. Turn on the interior light. If the light loose.
tion. dims or goes out when you operate the 3. If the engine still does not start, call an
starter, the battery is discharged. authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek
F020300AEN 4. Check the starter connections to be other qualified assistance.
If engine stalls while driving sure they are securely tightened.
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping 5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start
a straight line. Move cautiously off the it. See instructions for "Jump starting".
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers. WARNING
3. Try to start the engine again. If your If the engine will not start, do not
vehicle will not start, contact an push or pull the car to start it. This
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek could result in a collision or cause
other qualified assistance. other damage.

6 3
What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING
F040100AEN
Jumper Cables
Jump starting WARNING - Battery
Jump starting can be dangerous if done Keep all flames or sparks away
incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to from the battery. The battery pro-
yourself or damage to your vehicle or duces hydrogen gas which may
battery, follow the jump starting proce- explode if exposed to flame or
dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom- sparks.
mend that you have a competent techni- If these instructions are not fol-
Booster
battery
cian or towing service jump start your lowed exactly, serious personal
vehicle. injury and damage to the vehicle
Jumper may occur! If you are not sure
terminal how to follow this procedure,
OBH068003L CAUTION seek qualified assistance.
F040000ABH Use only a 12-volt jumper system. Automobile batteries contain sul-
Connect cables in numerical order and You can damage a 12-volt starting furic acid. This is poisonous and
disconnect in reverse order. motor, ignition system, and other highly corrosive. When jump
electrical parts beyond repair by starting, wear protective glasses
use of a 24-volt power supply (either and be careful not to get acid on
NOTICE two 12-volt batteries in series or a yourself, your clothing or on the
Your vehicle has a battery in the trunk 24-volt motor generator set). car.
compartment, but when you jump start Do not attempt to jump start the
your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in vehicle if the discharged battery
the engine compartment. is frozen or if the electrolyte level
WARNING - Battery
is low; the battery may rupture or
Never attempt to check the elec- explode.
trolyte level of the battery as this
may cause the battery to rupture or
explode causing serious injury.

6 4
What to do in an emergency

F040101ABH-EU Do not allow the jumper cables to con- 6. Let the discharged battery run for at
Jump starting procedure tact anything except the correct battery least 20 minutes either by engine
NOTICE terminals or the correct ground. Do not idling or by driving before you turn it off
lean over the battery when making else the discharged battery may not be
Your vehicle has a battery in the trunk connections. recharged enough to restart the car.
compartment, but when you jump start
your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in If the cause of your battery discharging is
the engine compartment. CAUTION - Battery cables not apparent, you should have your vehi-
If you jump start the discharged cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12- battery in the trunk compartment, dealer.
volt and that its negative terminal is do not connect the jumper cable
grounded. from the negative terminal of the F040200BBH-EU
2. If the booster battery is in another booster battery to the negative ter- Push-starting
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to minal of the discharged battery.
This can cause the discharged bat- Vehicles equipped with automatic trans-
touch. mission cannot be push-started.
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical tery to overheat and crack, releas-
ing battery acid. Follow the directions in this section for
loads. jump-starting.
Connect the jumper cable from the
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
negative terminal of the booster
sequence shown in the illustration.
battery to a solid, stationary or
First connect one end of a jumper metallic point away from the dis-
cable to the positive terminal of the charged battery.
jumper terminal (1), then connect the
other end to the positive terminal on
the booster battery (2). 5. Start the engine of the vehicle with the
Proceed to connect one end of the booster battery and let it run at 2,000
rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-
other jumper cable to the negative ter-
cle with the discharged battery.
minal of the booster battery (3), then
the other end to the negative terminal
of the jumper terminal (4). Do not con-
nect it to or near any part that moves
when the engine is cranked.

6 5
What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS


F050000ABH 4. Check to see if the water pump drive 6. If you cannot find the cause of the
If your temperature gauge indicates over- belt is missing. If it is not missing, overheating, wait until the engine tem-
heating, you experience a loss of power, check to see that it is tight. If the drive perature has returned to normal. Then,
or hear loud pinging or knocking, the belt seems to be satisfactory, check for if coolant has been lost, carefully add
engine is probably too hot. If this hap- coolant leaking from the radiator, coolant to the reservoir to bring the
pens, you should: hoses or under the car. (If the air con- fluid level in the reservoir up to the
ditioning had been in use, it is normal halfway mark.
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it for cold water to be draining from it 7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for
is safe to do so. when you stop.) further signs of overheating. If over-
2. Place the shift lever in P and set the heating happens again, call an author-
parking brake. If the air conditioning is WARNING ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
on, turn it off.
While the engine is running, keep
3. If engine coolant is running out under hair, hands and clothing away from CAUTION
the car or steam is coming out from moving parts such as the fan and
the hood, stop the engine. Do not open Serious loss of coolant indicates
drive belts to prevent injury. there is a leak in the cooling system
the hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has stopped. and this should be checked as soon
If there is no visible loss of engine 5. If the water pump drive belt is broken as possible by an authorized
coolant and no steam, leave the or engine coolant is leaking out, stop HYUNDAI dealer.
engine running and check to be sure the engine immediately and call the
the engine cooling fan is operating. If nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer
the fan is not running, turn the engine for assistance.
off.
WARNING
Do not remove the radi-
ator cap when the
engine is hot. This may
result in coolant being
blown out of the open-
ing and cause serious burns.

6 6
What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)


Type I (1) TPMS Malfunction Indicator F060000ABH

(2) Low Tire Pressure Telltale Each tire, including the spare (if pro-
vided), should be checked monthly
(3) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale when cold and inflated to the inflation
(if equipped) pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label. (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size than
the size indicated on the vehicle plac-
OBH068025N
ard or tire inflation pressure label, you
Type II
should determine the proper tire infla-
tion pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pres-
sure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
09-BH-32L may affect the vehicles handling and
stopping ability.

6 7
What to do in an emergency

Please note that the TPMS is not a NOTICE F060100ABH-EU


substitute for proper tire maintenance, If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure tell- Low tire pressure tell-
and it is the drivers responsibility to tale does not illuminate for 3 sec- tale
maintain correct tire pressure, even if onds when the ignition switch is
under-inflation has not reached the turned to the ON position or engine Low tire pressure posi-
level to trigger illumination of the is running, or if it remains illuminat- tion telltale
TPMS low tire pressure telltale. ed after coming on for approximate-
ly 3 seconds, take your car to your
nearest authorized HYUNDAI deal- When the tire pressure monitoring
Your vehicle has also been equipped system warning indicators are illumi-
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to er and have the system checked.
nated, one or more of your tires is
indicate when the system is not oper- significantly under-inflated. The low
ating properly. The TPMS malfunction tire pressure position telltale (supple-
indicator is provided by a separate tell- mental) will indicate which tire is sig-
tale, which displays the symbol nificantly under-inflated by illuminat-
"TPMS" when illuminated. When the ing the corresponding position on the
malfunction indicator is illuminated, LCD screen (if equipped).
the system may not be able to detect
or signal low tire pressure as intended. If either telltale illuminates, immedi-
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a ately reduce your speed, avoid hard
variety of reasons, including the instal- cornering and anticipate increased
lation of replacement or alternate tires stopping distances. You should stop
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent and check your tires as soon as pos-
the TPMS from functioning properly. sible. Inflate the tires to the proper
Always check the TPMS malfunction pressure as indicated on the vehi-
telltale after replacing one or more cles placard or tire inflation pressure
tires or wheels on your vehicle to label located on the drivers side cen-
ensure that the replacement or alter- ter pillar outer panel. If you cannot
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS reach a service station or if the tire
to continue to function properly. cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with the
compact spare tire.
6 8
What to do in an emergency

The Low Tire Pressure and Position F060200ABH


telltale will remain on until you have WARNING - Low pressure TPMS (Tire Pressure
the low pressure tire repaired and damage TPMS Monitoring System)
replaced on the vehicle. Significantly low tire pressure malfunction indicator
makes the vehicle unstable and
NOTICE can contribute to loss of vehicle The TPMS malfunction indicator
control and increased braking comes on and stays on when there is
The compact spare tire is not distances. a problem with the Tire Pressure
equipped with a tire pressure sensor. Monitoring System. The system is
Continued driving on low pres-
sure tires can cause the tires to able to correctly detect an under-
CAUTION overheat and fail. inflation warning at the same time as
In winter or cold weather, the system failure and then it will illumi-
low tire pressure telltale may be nate both the TPMS malfunction and
illuminated if the tire pressure the low tire pressure telltale. If the
was adjusted to the recom- Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS
mended tire inflation pressure malfunction indicator illuminates, but
in warm weather. It does not if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear
mean your TPMS is malfunction- Right tire is under-inflated, the low
ing because the decreased tem- tire pressure and position telltales
perature leads to a proportional may illuminate together with the
lowering of tire pressure. TPMS malfunction indicator.
When you drive your vehicle Have the system checked by an
from a warm area to a cold area authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
or from a cold area to a warm as possible to determine the cause
area, or the outside temperature of the problem.
is greatly higher or lower, you
should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation
pressure.

6 9
What to do in an emergency

F060300BBH-EU
CAUTION (Continued) Changing a tire with TPMS
The TPMS malfunction indica- If there is a failed tire sensor, it If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
tor may be illuminated if the is possible for TPMS to tem- Pressure and Position telltales will
vehicle is moving around elec- porarily learn a replacement
sensor when you drive closely come on. Have the flat tire repaired
tric power supply cables or by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
radio transmitter such as at to another vehicle equipped
with TPMS too. In rare cases, as soon as possible or replace the
police stations, government flat tire with the compact spare tire.
and public offices, broadcast- this may temporarily delay the
ing stations, military installa- TPMS malfunction turning on.
tions, airports, or transmitting CAUTION
towers, etc. This can interfere NEVER use a puncture-repair-
with normal operation of the ing agent to repair and/or inflate
Tire Pressure Monitoring a low pressure tire. The tire
System (TPMS). sealant can damage the tire
The TPMS malfunction indica- pressure sensor. If used, you
tor may be illuminated if snow will have to replace the tire pres-
chains are used or some sep- sure sensor.
arate electronic devices such
as notebook computer, mobile
charger, remote starter or nav-
igation etc., are used in the
vehicle. This can interfere with
normal operation of the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).
(Continued)

6 10
What to do in an emergency

Each wheel is equipped with a tire Once the low pressure tire is re-
pressure sensor mounted inside the inflated to the recommended pres- CAUTION
tire behind the valve stem. You must sure and installed on the vehicle, the Do not use any tire sealant if
use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- TPMS malfunction indicator and the your vehicle is equipped with
ommended that you always have your low tire pressure and position tell- a Tire Pressure Monitoring
tires serviced by an authorized tales will extinguish within a few min- System. The liquid sealant can
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. utes of driving. damage the tire pressure sen-
The spare tire is not equipped with a If the indicators do not extinguish sors.
tire pressure monitoring sensor. after a few minutes, please visit an In order to correctly monitor
When the low pressure tire is authorized HYUNDAI dealer. tire inflation, the 4 tire pres-
replaced with the spare tire, the low You may not be able identify a low tire sure monitoring sensors
tire pressure and the low tire pres- by simply looking at it. Always use a should be exactly fitted to
sure position telltales may extinguish good quality tire pressure gauge to each of the 4 driven wheels.
and the TPMS malfunction indicator measure the tire's inflation pressure. There should not be any other
may illuminate after restarting and Please note that a tire that is hot (from sensors in the vehicle (includ-
within 20 minutes continuous driving. being driven) will have a higher pres- ing in the spare tire), as this
sure measurement than a tire that is may cause the system to
The TPMS malfunction indicator may incorrectly monitor tire infla-
remain on until the original tire cold (from sitting stationary for at least
3 hours and driven less than 1 mile tion.
equipped with a tire pressure moni-
toring sensor is reinflated to the rec- (1.6km) during that 3 hour period).
ommended pressure and reinstalled Allow the tire to cool before measur-
on the vehicle until the vehicle has ing the inflation pressure. Always be
been driven for a few minutes. sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6km) in that 3
hour period.

6 11
What to do in an emergency

This device complies with Part 15


WARNING - TPMS WARNING - Protecting of the FCC rules.
The TPMS cannot alert you to TPMS Operation is subject to the following
severe and sudden tire dam- Tampering with, modifying, or two conditions:
age caused by external fac- disabling the Tire Pressure 1. This device may not cause harm-
tors such as nails or road Monitoring System (TPMS) ful interference, and
debris. components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the 2. This device must accept any inter-
If you feel any vehicle instabil- ference received, including inter-
ity, immediately take your foot driver of low tire pressure con-
ditions and/or TPMS malfunc- ference that may cause undesired
off the accelerator, apply the operation.
brakes gradually and with tions. Tampering with, modify-
light force, and slowly move to ing, or disabling the Tire
a safe position off the road. Pressure Monitoring System WARNING
(TPMS) components may void Changes or modifications not
the warranty for that portion of expressly approved by the party
the vehicle. responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority
to operate the equipment.

6 12
What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE


F070101AUN
Jacking instructions (Continued)
The jack is provided for emergency Be sure to use the correct
tire changing only. front and rear jacking posi-
To prevent the jack from rattling tions on the vehicle; never
while the vehicle is in motion, store it use the bumpers or any other
properly. part of the vehicle for jack
support.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury. The vehicle can easily roll off
the jack causing serious
injury or death. No person
OBH061006N WARNING - Changing tires should place any portion of
F070100ABH Never attempt vehicle repairs their body under a vehicle that
in the traffic lanes of a public is supported only by a jack;
Jack and tools
road or highway. use vehicle support stands.
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
Always move the vehicle com- Do not start or run the engine
nut wrench are stored in the luggage
pletely off the road and onto while the vehicle is on the
compartment. Pull up the luggage
the shoulder before trying to jack.
box cover to reach this equipment.
change a tire. The jack should Do not allow anyone to remain
be used on level firm ground. in the vehicle while it is on the
(1) Jack handle If you cannot find a firm, level jack.
(2) Jack place off the road, call a tow- Make sure any children pres-
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench ing service company for ent are in a secure place away
assistance. from the road and from the
(Continued) vehicle to be raised with the
jack.

6 13
What to do in an emergency

CAUTION
When you remove or store the
spare tire, do not contact or
bump the battery with the spare
tire.
Contacting or bumping the bat-
tery may cause failure of electri-
cal circuits.

OBH068007 OBH068002L
F070200ABH F070300ABH
Removing and storing the spare Changing tires
tire 1. Park on a level surface and apply
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt the parking brake firmly.
counterclockwise. 2. Shift the shift lever into P (Park).
Store the tire in the reverse order of 3. Activate the hazard warning flash-
removal. er.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.

6 14
What to do in an emergency

OBH068009 OBH061024 OBH061010


4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, 6. Insert the screwdriver into the 7. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-
jack, jack handle, and spare tire groove of the wheel cap and pry terclockwise one turn each in
from the vehicle. gently to remove the wheel cap (If sequence of number, but do not
5. Block both the front and rear of the equipped). remove any nut until the tire has
wheel that is diagonally opposite been raised off the ground.
the jack position.

WARNING - Changing a tire


To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
It is recommended that all
passengers exit the vehicle
before being lifted by the jack.

6 15
What to do in an emergency

10. Loosen the wheel nuts and


remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the
wheel onto them. If this is diffi-
cult, tip the wheel slightly and get
the top hole in the wheel lined up
with the top stud. Then jiggle the
OBH068011 OBH068012 wheel back and forth until the
wheel can be slid over the other
8. Place the jack at the front or rear 9. Insert the jack handle into the jack studs.
jacking position closest to the tire and turn it clockwise, raising the
you are changing. Place the jack vehicle until the tire just clears the
at the designated locations under ground. This measurement is
the frame. The jacking positions approximately 30 mm (1.2 in).
are plates welded to the frame Before removing the wheel lug
with two tabs and a raised dot to nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-
index with the jack. ble and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
WARNING - Jack location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.

6 16
What to do in an emergency

11. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on


WARNING the studs, put the wheel nuts on
Wheels may have sharp edges. the studs and tighten them finger
Handle them carefully to avoid tight. The nuts should be installed
possible severe injury. Before with their tapered small diameter
putting the wheel into place, be ends directed inward. Jiggle the
sure that there is nothing on the tire to be sure it is completely
hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, seated, then tighten the nuts as
gravel, etc.) that prevents the much as possible with your fin-
wheel from fitting solidly gers again.
against the hub. 12. Lower the car to the ground by
If there is, remove it. If there is turning the wheel nut wrench OBH061013
not good contact on the mount- counterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown
ing surface between the wheel in the drawing and tighten the wheel
and hub, the wheel nuts could nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
come loose and cause the loss completely over the nut. Do not stand
of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may on the wrench handle or use an
result in loss of control of the extension pipe over the wrench han-
vehicle. This may cause serious dle. Go around the wheel tightening
injury or death. every other nut until they are all tight.
Then double-check each nut for
tightness. After changing wheels,
have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
tighten the wheel nuts to their proper
torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:


Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:
65~79 lbft (9~11 kgm)

6 17
What to do in an emergency

13. Reinstall the wheel cap by fitting


the boss of the wheel cap in the CAUTION WARNING - Wheel studs
groove of the wheel, hitting the Your vehicle has metric threads If the studs are damaged, they
center of the wheel cap with your on the wheel studs and nuts. may lose their ability to retain
hand (If equipped). Make certain during wheel the wheel. This could lead to the
If you have a tire gauge, remove the removal that the same nuts that loss of the wheel and a collision
valve cap and check the air pressure. were removed are reinstalled - resulting in serious injuries.
If the pressure is lower than recom- or, if replaced, that nuts with
mended, drive slowly to the nearest metric threads and the same
service station and inflate to the cor- chamfer configuration are used. To prevent the jack, jack handle,
rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust Installation of a non-metric wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire
it until it is correct. Always reinstall thread nut on a metric stud or from rattling while the vehicle is in
the valve cap after checking or vice-versa will not secure the motion, store them properly.
adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is wheel to the hub properly and
not replaced, air may leak from the will damage the stud so that it
tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy must be replaced. WARNING - Inadequate
another and install it as soon as pos- spare tire pressure
Note that most lug nuts do not
sible. have metric threads. Be sure to Check the inflation pressures as
use extreme care in checking soon as possible after installing
After you have changed wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place for thread style before installing the spare tire. Adjust it to the
and return the jack and tools to their aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. specified pressure, if necessary.
proper storage locations. If in doubt, consult an author- Refer to Tires and wheels sec-
ized HYUNDAI dealer. tion 8.

6 18
What to do in an emergency

F070301BBH When using a compact spare tire,


Important - use of compact spare tire WARNING observe the following precautions:
Your vehicle is equipped with a com- The compact spare tire is for Under no circumstances should
pact spare tire. This compact spare emergency use only. Do not you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a
tire takes up less space than a regu- operate your vehicle on this higher speed could damage the
lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a compact spare at speeds over tire.
conventional tire and is designed for 50 mph (80 km/h). The original
temporary use only. Ensure that you drive slowly
tire should be repaired or enough for the road conditions to
replaced as soon as is possible avoid all hazards. Any road hazard,
CAUTION to avoid failure of the spare such as a pothole or debris, could
possibly leading to personal seriously damage the compact
You should drive carefully
injury or death. spare.
when the compact spare is in
use. The compact spare Any continuous road use of this tire
should be replaced by the could result in tire failure, loss of
proper conventional tire and The compact spare should be inflat-
ed to 60 psi (420 kPa). vehicle control, and possible per-
rim at the first opportunity. sonal injury.
The operation of this vehicle Do not exceed the vehicles maxi-
is not recommended with NOTICE
mum load rating or the load-carry-
more than one compact spare Check the inflation pressure after ing capacity shown on the sidewall
tire in use at the same time. installing the spare tire. Adjust it to of the compact spare tire.
the specified pressure, as necessary.
Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a con-
ventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1
inch (25 mm), which could result in
damage to the vehicle.

6 19
What to do in an emergency

Do not take this vehicle through an The compact spare tire should not
automatic car wash while the com- be used on any other wheels, nor
pact spare tire is installed. should standard tires, snow tires,
Do not use tire chains on the com- wheel covers or trim rings be used
pact spare tire. Because of the with the compact spare wheel. If
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit such use is attempted, damage to
properly. This could damage the these items or other car compo-
vehicle and result in loss of the nents may occur.
chain. Do not use more than one compact
Do not use the compact spare tire spare tire at a time.
on any other vehicle because this Do not tow a trailer while the com-
tire has been designed especially pact spare tire is installed.
for your vehicle.
The compact spare tires tread life CAUTION
is shorter than a regular tire. When the original tire and wheel
Inspect your compact spare tire are repaired and reinstalled on
regularly and replace worn com- the vehicle, the wheel nut torque
pact spare tires with the same size must be set correctly to prevent
and design, mounted on the same wheel vibration. The correct
wheel. wheel nut tightening torque is
65~79lb-ft (9~